national electrical code correlating committee … · national electrical code correlating...

National Fire Protection Association 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-104101 Phone: 6110-10100-3000 • Fax: 6110-10100-01000 • www.nfpa.org

NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CORRELATING COMMITTEE

AGENDA October 23, 2013

Teleconference/Web Meeting

Item No. Subject Item 13-10-1 Call to Order and Introduction of Members and Guests Item 13-10-2 Approval of the July 2103 Correlating Committee Meeting Minutes [Attachment]

Item 13-10-3 Review 70E Second Revisions and Develop Correlating Revisions if appropriate Item 13-10-4 Review 79 Second Revisions and Develop Correlating Revisions if appropriate Item 13-10-5 General Business

Correlating Committee Task Groups Supplemental Operating Procedures Panel Assignments for Articles 725 and 760 Future meeting dates and locations

Item 13-10-6 New Business Item 13-10-7 Adjournment


NATIONAL ELECTRICAL CODE CORRELATING COMMITTEE

Meeting Minutes July 29, 2013

NFPA, Quincy, MA Item 13-7-1 Call to Order The meeting was called to order at 8:00 am on Monday, July 29, 2013. The following Correlating Committee members were present:

NAME REPRESENTING Michael Johnston, Chair National Electrical Contractors Association James Brunssen Telcordia

Rep. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions Merton Bunker US Department of State William Drake Actuant Electrical William Fiske Intertek David Hittinger Independent Electrical Contractors, Inc. Daniel Kissane Legrand/Pass & Seymour

Rep. National Electrical Manufacturers Association John Kovacik UL LLC Neil LaBrake, Jr. National Grid

Rep. Electric Light & Power Group/EEI Danny Liggett The DuPont Company, Inc.

Rep. American Chemistry Council Richard Owen Rep. International Association of Electrical Inspectors Thomas Adams Rep. Electric Light & Power Group/EEI Lawrence Ayer Biz Com Electric, Inc.

Rep. Independent Electrical Contractors, Inc. James Dollard IBEW Local Union 98

Rep. International Brotherhood of Electrical Workers Stanley Folz Morse Electric Company

Rep. National Electrical Contractors Association Ernest Gallo Telcordia Technologies, Inc.

Rep. Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions Alan Manche Schneider Electric Robert McCullough Rep. International Association of Electrical Inspectors Mark Ode UL LLC Vince Saporita Eaton’s Bussmann Business

Rep. National Electrical Manufacturers Association Timothy Pope Canadian Standards Association

Rep. CSA/Canadian Electrical Code Committee Guests and NFPA staff in attendance included:

Mark Earley NFPA, Secretary Kimberly Shea NFPA, Recording Secretary Bill Burke NFPA staff Chris Dubay NFPA staff Susan Ballester NFPA staff Rick Sterling NFPA staff Colleen Kelly NFPA Staff Jeff Sargent NFPA Staff Jack Lyons NEMA Brian Rock Hubbell Elaine Thompson Alied Tube and Conduit

Item 13-7-2 New Process Update Chris Dubay, Vice President of Codes and Standards, provided an overview of the recent improvements that have been made to the Terra system to facilitate the new process. Jim Dollard addressed the committee and reviewed his concerns for the NEC. Chris addressed the concerns that were presented and provided information on NFPA’s plans for training the NEC panel chairs, members and users. A webinar on how to submit public input is scheduled for this fall. Additional webinars and training will be provided as the public input closing date and the panel meetings approach. Chris Dubay concluded by stating that NFPA is willing to provide custom training for individual organizations and encouraged members to contact Mark Earley with their specific requests for training. Item 13-7-3 Approval of the February 2013 ROC Meeting Minutes It was moved, seconded, and voted unanimously affirmative that the minutes of the February 2013 Meeting of the NEC Correlating Committee be approved. Item 13-7-4 Final Amendment Ballot Results and Appeals The committee reviewed and discussed the final ballot results on the eleven NEC Amendment Ballots. The Correlating Committee developed the following positions on the scheduled hearings: Hearing No. 1 Overturn Panel Action on P15-64 (W. Vernon, B. Rock) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to uphold the Panel action on Proposal 15-64 and deny the appeal. The Correlating Committee supports the work of the panel; the proposal was approved by the panel and passed ballot. It is also important to note that there were no negative public comments submitted and therefore NITMAMs were not certified. Vince Saporita will be the spokesperson for this appeal.

Hearing No. 2 Overturn the Association Action to Reject Comment 6-37 (T. Lindsey, C. Hunter) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to uphold the Panel action on Comment 6-37 and deny the appeal. The Correlating Committee agrees with the comments made by Panel 6 Chair Scott Cline. Mike Johnston will be the spokesperson for this appeal. Hearing No. 3 - Accept Comment 12-60 (multiple submitters) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to uphold the appeal. The jurisdiction of the air handling issue belongs to NFPA 75. Bill Drake will be the spokesperson for this appeal. Hearing No. 4 - Accept Comment 3-21 (Hirchsler) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to uphold the appeal. However, the exception is not written in conformance with the NEC Style Manual and uses terms including “air duct” that are not used or defined in the NEC and if inserted in the 2014 NEC as written, would create conflict by the use of conflicting terms. The Correlating Committee recommends that the Standards Council follow the suggestion of the appellant to appoint a task group between NFPA 90A and NEC CMP-3 to recommend a solution and develop a TIA that meets the needs of both committees. Jim Dollard will be the spokesperson for this appeal. Hearing No. 5 – Withdraw CAMs 70-26, 70-27, 70-29 and 70-31 (J. Conrad) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to deny the appeal. The ballot results of Panel 13 on the floor action indicate that consensus no longer exists. Stan Folz will be the spokesperson for this appeal. Hearing No. 6 - Issue TIA Log No. 1097 (Harding) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to deny the appeal. Neil LaBrake, Jr. will be the spokesperson for this appeal. Hearing No. 8 Reject Comments 130-165 and 502-27 (Ramirez) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to deny the appeal. Although a correlation issue will be created, the Correlating Committee recognizes that reverting back to previous edition text would create multiple issues that would be difficult to resolve by the NFPA 502 and NFPA 130 TCs. The Correlating Committee recommends that the Standards Council establish an inter-committee coordination task group with the NEC to resolve the correlation issues by potential issuance of a TIA or address the issues during the next revision cycles of NFPA 502 and 130. Hearing No. 9 (D. Wechsler) The Correlating Committee recommendation to the Standards Council is to uphold the Panel action on Comment 14-56 and “deny” the appeal. The Correlating Committee agrees with the statements made by Panel 14 Chair Robert Jones. The Correlating Committee also finds that the action recommended in the CAM would make the code incomplete and unusable.

Additional Recommendations to the SC It was the action of the National Electrical Code® Correlating Committee to request that the NFPA Standards Council issue the 2014 edition of the National Electrical Code® without Example D.14. This example was based on text that was proposed during the ROP, but was deleted at the ROC stage. It does not reflect the requirements for the 2014 Code. Item 13-7-5 Review of Panel Chair Application A task group was appointed to review the Panel Chair applications and provide recommendations to the committee. A motion was made by John Kovacik and seconded by Neil LaBrake, Jr. to accept the task group recommendations and forward the applications to the Standards Council for consideration at their October meeting. Item 13-7-6 General Business

The report of the Chapter 8 Reorganization Task Group was presented by Jim Dollard. The task group recommended that the Chair of CMP-16 appoint a task group to review all Informational Notes within their purview. Informational Notes that are found to be no longer necessary or are excessive references should be removed. The Correlating Committee accepted the task group report and recommendations. [Attachment] Action Item: The Correlating Committee will provide a written response to Panel 16 Chair, Tom Moore. And, the Correlating Committee will again request that all Code-Making Panels review at all Informational Notes during the next revision cycle. The report of Qualified Person Task Group was presented by Neil LaBrake, Jr. The task group recommends refraining from revising the term “qualified person” in documents under the Correlating Committee’s responsibility, at this time. [Attachment] The remaining list of Correlating Committee Task Groups was reviewed and the TG Chairs were asked to populate their task groups by September 1, 2013 and refine the TG scopes if necessary. [Attachment] Discussion was held on proposing a TIA to 445.20. Jim Dollard agreed to develop a TIA and present it to the Correlating Committee at a later date for consideration. Subsequent to the meeting it was noted that a proposed TIA was submitted by the Portable Generator Manufacturers Association. This TIA will be balloted through CMP-13 rather than the one that was being developed by Jim Dollard and Larry Ayer. The Committee reviewed and approved the following future meetings:

A14 (70E & 79) Correlating Committee Second Draft Teleconference/Web Meeting - October 23,

2013. Correlating Committee New Process Training. It was requested that a training session be provided

at the NFPA Expo and Conference in June 2014 for Correlating Committee Members (and chairs?). Correlating Committee Meeting and Panel Chair Training - November 5-7, 2014 at NFPA NEC First Draft Panel Meetings - January 10-24, 2015 at the Sonesta Resort, Hilton Head Island First Draft Correlating Committee Meeting. To be held between April 10 and May 22, 2015 but not

during the week of May 3rd (UL Meeting). Item 13-7-7 Adjournment The meeting adjourned at 5:50 pm.

MEMO TO: Mike Johnston FROM: Jim Dollard RE: CC TG to review requests on NEC Chapter 8 DATE: April 24, 2013 CC: Jim Brunssen, Stan Folz & Alan Manche The task group that was formed by the CC to review the letter from Tom Moore consisted of Jim Brunssen, Stan Folz, Alan Manche and Jim Dollard. The task group researched all of the material in question and the information provided and has come to the following decisions: Task (1) Combine all Chapter 8 Articles into one Article. The task group recommends that no action be taken by the CC.

The task group was not presented with sufficient evidence that a problem exists or to support a significant reorganization of Chapter 8. There is no clear indication from the industry to support for such an effort. There does not seem to be an advocate or organization that both believes there is a problem and will do the heavy-lifting necessary to make such an effort successful. It should be noted that this task group also discussed a number of avenues to possibly restructure Chapter 8, including the creation of a driving Article to contain common requirements similar to the makeup of the hazardous location Articles in Chapter 5. However, it is not clear that such a project would resolve the concerns shared by the chair or be supported by the industry.

Task (2) Review all Informational Notes of Article 770 and Chapter 8

The task group recommends that the CC direct the Chairman of CMP-16 to appoint a task group made up of CMP-16 members to review all Informational Notes within their purview. Informational Notes that are found to be no longer necessary or are excessive references should be removed.

Task (3) Review all definitions of Article 770 and Chapter 8 The task group recommends that no action be taken by the CC.

The task group does not believe that such an effort would be successful. The definitions in question have been developed over cycles by CMP-16.

Task (4) Review conflicts with 90.3 that occur in Articles 725, 760 & 770 The task group recommends that no action be taken by the CC.

The task group does not have evidence that any conflict exists.

Task (5) Review and revise grounding and bonding code references pertaining to the Articles under CMP-16 purview. The task group recommends that no action be taken by the CC.

The task group does not have evidence that any conflict exists.

70E Qualified Person_Final Report_07-29-2013 Page 1 of 2

NEC Correlating Committee Task Group on NFPA 70E Qualified Person Definition

Report 07/29/2013

This report provides the recommendations of the task group (TG) that reviewed NFPA 70, 70E, and 79 under the NEC Correlating Committee’s responsibility using the same definition of “qualified person”. The task group consisted of the following members: Jim Dollard, David Hittinger, Stan Folz, Alan Manche, and Neil LaBrake, Jr. (Chair). The task group met via teleconference on July 24th, 2013, during the July 29th, 2013 Correlating Committee meeting, and over several email exchanges. Task Group Purpose and Scope: The Task Group’s direction originates from Minute Item 12-12-9 of the December 2012 First Draft 70E meeting of the NEC Correlating Committee. As a result, this Task Group has the following scope as directed by Mr. Michael J. Johnston, NEC Correlating Committee Chair on April 4th, 2013:

“The scope of this work is to review all the other documents under the NEC Correlating Committee's responsibility that use the same definition and determine if there are any conflicts created from the different definition proposed for 70E. The other thing to look at is possible revisions to this definition in the other documents so that they can all remain consistent, or if the proposed revised definition is suitable for 70E only, and the definition of Qualified Person should remain as is in the other documents. Please provide the findings and any recommendations that result.”

Results of Task Group’s Work: A. Background Investigation The proposed definition in the A2014 NFPA 70E First Draft is presently unchanged through the public comment process and it reads as follows:

Qualified Person. One who has demonstrated skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to identify and avoid the hazards involved.

The definition of “qualified person” appears in NFPA 70 (2011 NEC) and 2012 NFPA 79 extracts the same definition from the 2011 NEC, but without the informational note. The term as defined in the 2011 NEC reads as follows:

Qualified Person. One who has skills and knowledge related to the construction and operation of the electrical equipment and installations and has received safety training to recognize and avoid the hazards involved. Informational Note: Refer to NFPA 70E-2009, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace, for electrical safety training requirements.

Other References: • NFPA 70E 110.2(D) • OSHA 1910.269(a)(2)(ii)

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owalink.query_links?src_doc_type=STANDARDS&src_unique_file=1910_0269&src_anchor_name=1910.269(a)(2)(ii)1910.269(a)(2)(ii)

• OSHA 1910.269(x) http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owalink.query_links?src_doc_type=STANDARDS&src_unique_file=1910_0269&src_anchor_name=1910.269(x)1910.269(x)

• NFPA Manual of Style

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owalink.query_links?src_doc_type=STANDARDS&src_unique_file=1910_0269&src_anchor_name=1910.269(a)(2)(ii)1910.269(a)(2)(ii)�

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owalink.query_links?src_doc_type=STANDARDS&src_unique_file=1910_0269&src_anchor_name=1910.269(a)(2)(ii)1910.269(a)(2)(ii)�

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owalink.query_links?src_doc_type=STANDARDS&src_unique_file=1910_0269&src_anchor_name=1910.269(x)1910.269(x)�

http://www.osha.gov/pls/oshaweb/owalink.query_links?src_doc_type=STANDARDS&src_unique_file=1910_0269&src_anchor_name=1910.269(x)1910.269(x)�

70E Qualified Person_Final Report_07-29-2013 Page 2 of 2

B. Assessment of A2014 NFPA 70E First Draft Proposed Change to 100.Qualified Person The task group notes the difference of the word “demonstrated” being added and the word “identify” replacing the word “recognize” in the A2014 NFPA 70E version compared to the 2011 NEC. This change fits well with the purpose of NFPA 70E relative to work practices and it brings forth the essence of its 110.2(D) which relates to prescriptive aspects applying the term for training requirements. So, this term’s proposed definition change is appropriate how it is used in NFPA 70E and it can be enforceable. C. TG Conclusions and Recommendations The task group supports the action of the NFPA 70E Technical Committee and recommends refraining from revising the term “qualified person” in all other documents under the Correlating Committee’s responsibility, at this time. The informational note in the NEC, being an installation document, makes reference to NFPA 70E where the prescriptive elements can be found, in a work practices document, when determining how the term is used in the various articles of the NEC. An informational note referencing NFPA 70E for example in the NFPA 79 extracted definition, would not be included in the text (see 1.6.2, 3.6.2, and 3.6.2.1 in the NFPA Manual of Style). Since the term is defined how it is used in each document, the purview rests with each technical committee. If a technical committee (TC) receives public input proposing revision to the term in future cycles, then the TC will need to consider: 1. how the term is used in the document, 2. if the change is enforceable, and 3. if the change meets the NEC Style Manual or NFPA Manual of Style as applicable. Closing: This completes the scope of the task group and appreciation goes out to all who participated in the results! Respectfully submitted to the NEC Correlating Committee on behalf of the Task Group, July 29th, 2013. Neil F. LaBrake, Jr., PE Task Group Chair, NEC Correlating Committee Principal EEI Representative

nationalgrid 300 Erie Blvd. West, Bldg. B-1 Syracuse, NY 13202

Office: 315/428-6779; FAX: 315/460-8996 [email protected]

mailto:[email protected]�


M E M O R A N D U M

To: NFPA Technical Committee on Electrical Safety in the Workplace

From: Kim Shea

Date: Speptember 17, 2013

Subject: NFPA 70E Seond Draft TC FINAL Ballot Results (A2014)

According to the final ballot results, all ballot items received the necessary affirmative votes to pass ballot.

25 Members Eligible to Vote 0 Not Returned

The attached report shows the number of affirmative, negative, and abstaining votes as well as the explanation of the vote for each Second Revision.

There are two criteria necessary for each first revision to pass ballot: (1) simple majority and (2) affirmative 2/3 vote. The mock examples below show how the calculations are determined.

(1) Example for Simple Majority: Assuming there are 20 vote eligible committee members, 11 affirmative votes are required to pass ballot. (Sample calculation: 20 members eligible to vote ÷ 2 = 10 + 1 = 11)

(2) Example for Affirmative 2/3: Assuming there are 20 vote eligible committee members and 1 member did not

return their ballot and 2 members abstained, the number of affirmative votes required would be 12. (Sample calculation: 20 members eligble to vote – 1 not returned – 2 abstentions = 17 x 0.66 = 11.22 = 12 )

As always please feel free to contact me if you have any questions.

Second Revision No. 17-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Global Comment ]

Change the title of 110.3 to read "Host and Contract Employers' Responsibilities"

Submitter Information Verification

Submitter Full Name: [ Not Specified ]

Organization: [ Not Specified ]

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jun 25 12:36:15 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Editorial corrections were made to the title.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 208-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.3]

Ballot Results

This item has passed ballot

25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All

0 Affirmative with Comments

0 Negative with Comments

1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.

Bowman, William Bruce

Chybowski, Steven C.

Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John

Madrigal, Michael J.

McNellis, Mark

National Fire Protection Association Report http://submittals.nfpa.org/TerraViewWeb/ContentFetcher?commentPara...

1 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.

Saporita, Vincent J.

Stallcup, James G.

Thurmond III, Charlie R.

Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.

OSHA policy requires me to abstain from all ballots on technical issues.


2 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


Change line 2 of Table 130.4(C)(a) to "50V - 150Vd"

Change line 3 of Table 130.4(C)(a) to "151V - 750V"

Revise Footnote a to Table 130.4(C)(a) to "For single-phase systems above 250V, . . . "

Add Footnote "d" of Table 130.4(C)(a) stating "This includes circuits where the exposure does not exceed120V."

Supplemental Information

File Name Description

SR30_table.docx




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jun 26 10:42:09 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Providing a dimension for the restricted approach boundary at this voltage range providesclarity for when the boundary applies.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 12-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.4(C)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

21 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.


3 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Affirmative with Comment

Gray, Bobby J.

Staff should editorially add the word "nominal" after "120V" in new note d. This would not change intent orimplementation but would prevent questions as to whether flucuations in voltage should be considered.

Hickman, Palmer L.

This revision will now clearly require the use of voltage rated gloves for systems rated at 208 and 240-volts.However, this revision may cause confusion for the user of 70E. The consequence could be less use of shockprotection as the determination of the need to use gloves had been in the HRC table until now.

Negative with Comment

Pace, David A.

There is no technical justification for this change. The vast majority of panels contain multiple voltages. In therange related to this change, normally there is up to 240 or 277 volts. There is no difference in the level ofprotection needed from a shock prospective between 150 and 277 volts. Both are in the same box. Requiring a 3?distance for 208 to 277 volts adds nothing to the level of safety for the individual, does not add clarity and is overlyrestrictive. The existing language is clear and represents real world installations. This change should not be made,the existing language should remain.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



4 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


If the title changes in Informative Annex A affect the titles in Table 130.7(C)(14) and Table 130.7(F)upgrade titles.

In the body of the document, references to other standards should not contain the dates ofpublication as they are include in the Informative Annexes therefore delete the dates in the body ofthe standard.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Jun 27 16:15:27 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This correlates the document with the Informative Annexes.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


5 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



6 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 1-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition (100): Balaclava (Sock Hood). ]

Balaclava (Sock Hood).

An arc-rated hood that protects the neck and head except for the facial area of the eyes and nose .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Jun 24 11:20:02 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee makes this second revision to the definition of Balaclava to indicate that abalaclava need not cover the nose. The committee has not been presented with evidence thatworkers have been burned on the nose when wearing a properly rated and designed wraparoundfaceshield and balaclava that do not cover the nose area.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 129-NFPA 70E-2013 [Definition (100): Balaclava (Sock Hood).]

Public Comment No. 232-NFPA 70E-2013 [Definition (100): Balaclava (Sock Hood).]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

20 Affirmative All



2 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark


7 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Mohla, Daleep C.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.

The changed definition is now in alignment with the testing of an Arc Rated face shield and protects the back ofthe head as intended.


Hickman, Palmer L.

The action the 70E Technical Committee on FR-17 requires the nose to be covered. Its statement was as follows:"The committee deletes the phrase ?and nose? at the end of the definition. There is no reason to leave the noseexposed. The eyes are protected by safety glasses or goggles." The committee has not been presented withevidence that workers should not be required to wear a balaclava that covers the nose area.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

I agree with Palmer L. Hickman?s comment: ?The 2012 edition requires the nose to be covered. The committeehas not been presented with evidence that workers should not be required to wear a balaclava that covers thenose area.?

Abstention

Drobnick, Drake A.

The current definition of Balaclava ?unconditionally? excludes the nose from being covered directly by arc ratedmaterial. In some situations this guidance may not be prudent leading to burns to unprotected skin.

Wallis, David M.



8 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 2-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition (100): Energized Electrical Work

Permit. ]

Energized Electrical Work Permit.

Authorization to perform work on equipment that has not been placed in an electrically safe workcondition.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The definition is unnecessary. The proposed definition does not include the additional criteria andexceptions for when an energized electrical work permit is necessary and may introduceconfusion to the use of the term.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 130-NFPA 70E-2013 [Definition (100): Energized Electrical Work Permit. ]

Public Comment No. 183-NFPA 70E-2013 [Definition (100): Energized Electrical Work Permit. ]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.


9 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Gray, Bobby J.

I disagree with removal of the definition. The TC provided a negative statement to a proposal to the 2004 editionthat the EEWP could be a procedure or other document that reflected the key elements of the permit. This is goodinformation and should be placed into the defintion to help users understand the purpose of the permit. If weremove the defintion, there may be reluctance for the public to submit changes to fix the defintion as was pointedout in the commttee statement.

Pace, David A.

This definition is still needed. The concept of permitting electrical work where electrical hazards are present hasnot yet been fully adopted by the general industry and is especially not generally understood by the constructionindustry. The reason the definition does not contain the criteria and expectations is that definitions cannot containrequirements.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



10 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 68-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition: Accessible, Readily (Readily

Accessible). ]

Accessible, Readily (Readily Accessible).

Capable of being reached quickly for operation, renewal, or inspections without requiring those to whomready access is requisite to actions such as to use tools, to climb over or remove obstacles, or to resortto portable ladders, and so forth. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]


Submitter Full Name: Michael Fontaine

Organization: National Fire Protection Assoc

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Thu Aug 08 17:18:30 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Editorial correction made to definition to conform to 2014 edition of NEC..

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John



11 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Pace, David A.

I agree with the concept but the sentence needs to be re-worded for it to make sense.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



12 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 3-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition: Luminaire. ]

Luminaire.

A complete lighting unit consisting of a light source, such as a lamp or lamps, together with the partsdesigned to position the light source, and source and connect it to the power supply. It may also includeparts to protect the light source or the ballast or to distribute the light. A lampholder itself is not aluminaire. [ 70, 2014] [ 70: 100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee makes this second revision to correlate this standard with the 2014 NEC forthis definition.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 254-NFPA 70E-2013 [Definition (100): Luminaire.]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


13 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



14 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 69-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition: Premises Wiring (System). ]

Premises Wiring (System).

Interior and exterior wiring, including power, lighting, control, and signal circuit wiring together with all theirassociated hardware, fittings, and wiring devices, both permanently and temporarily installed. Thisincludes: (a) wiring from the service point or power source to the outlets; or (b) wiring from and includingthe power source to the outlets where there is no service point.

Such wiring does not include wiring internal to appliances, luminaires, motors, controllers, motor controlcenters, and similar equipment. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Informational Note: Power sources include, but are not limited to, interconnected or stand-alonebatteries, solar photovoltaic systems, other distributed generation systems, or generators.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Editorial correction made to definition to conform to 2014 edition of NEC.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.


15 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



16 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 71-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition: Switchboard. ]

Switchboard.

A large single panel, frame, or assembly of panels on which are mounted on the face, back, or both,switches, overcurrent and other protective devices, buses, and usually instruments. Switchboards Theseassemblies are generally accessible from the rear as well as from the front and are not intended to beinstalled in cabinets. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement


Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John



17 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



18 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 72-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Definition: Voltage, Nominal. ]

Voltage, Nominal.

A nominal value assigned to a circuit or system for the purpose of conveniently designating its voltageclass (e.g., 120/240 volts, 480Y/277 volts, 600 volts). [ 70, 2014 [ 70: 100]

Informational Note 1: The actual voltage at which a circuit operates can vary from the nominalwithin a range that permits satisfactory operation of equipment.

Informational Note 2: See ANSI/IEEE ANSI C84.1, Electric Power Systems and Equipment —Voltage Ratings (60 Hz).




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Fri Aug 09 09:46:35 EDT 2013

Committee Statement


Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.


19 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



20 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 4-NFPA 70E-2013 [ New Section after 110.1(A) ]

(B) Maintenance.

The electrical safety program shall include elements that consider condition of maintenance of electricalequipment and systems.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee included a new subsection on condition of maintenance to require that theelectrical safety program include elements that consider condition of maintenance.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 186-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.1(A)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark


21 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Gray, Bobby J.

I applaud the TC for recognizing the need to formalize a requirement for an employer to have a documentedmaintenance program. But, I am disappointed the TC failed to see the value in a similar requirement forinstallation of electrical equipment and systems. I review many documented programs each year and invariablyobserve that these programs have no mention of an installation element, but instead focus on work practices only.Meanwhile cursory inspections indicate that electrical system modifications are being done by unqualifiedpersons. The employees installing or modifying are not the qualified people that so many of you train. These arenot the people that many of you represent as qualified workers or contractors. These are people the employer hasassigned because he or she is not forced to put in writing how they will ensure their electrical equipment andsystems are ?properly installed.? As stated in 110.2(A), we rely on safe installations to protect the general workerfrom exposure to electrical hazards. Since more unqualified workers than qualified workers are electrocuted eachyear (NIOSH), perhaps we should re-evaluate the priority we place on protecting those workers as well as thequalified workers.


Barrios, Louis A.

While I agree that maintenance is an important element for the safe operation of electrical equipment, theproposed text is vague and uninforceable. Also the concept of maintenance and installation is already covered inthe modifications to Informational Note 1 in SR-5 and as shown below, "Informational Note No. 1: Safety-relatedwork practices such as verification of proper maintenance and installation, alerting techniques, auditingrequirements, and training requirements provided in this standard are administrative controls and part of an overallelectrical safety program." Therefore the new subsectin "B" is redundant and unnecessary.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



22 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 5-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.1(A) ]

(A) General.

The employer shall implement and document an overall electrical safety program that directs activityappropriate for the to the risk associated with electrical hazards, voltage, energy level, and circuitconditions. . The electrical safety program shall be implemented as part of the employer’s overalloccupational health and safety management system, when one exists.

Informational Note No. 1: Safety-related work practices are just one component such asverification of proper maintenance and installation, alerting techniques, auditing requirements, andtraining requirements provided in this standard are administrative controls and part of an overallelectrical safety program.

Informational Note No. 2: ANSI/AIHA Z10-2005 , American National Standard for OccupationalSafety and Health Health and Safety Management Systems, provides a framework for establishinga comprehensive electrical safety program as a component of an employer’s occupational safetyand health program.

Informational Note No. 3: IEEE 3007.1, Recommended Practice for the Operation andManagement of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, provides additional guidance for theimplementation of the electrical safety program.

Informational Note No. 4: IEEE 3007.3, Recommended Practice for Electrical Safety in Industrialand Commercial Power Systems, provides additional guidance for electrical safety in theworkplace.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee revises the section to be consistent with actions taken at the First Draftmeeting.

Response Message:



Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention


23 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Neitzel, Dennis K.

David Pace makes a good, and valid, point with this. ?It is the hazard that hurts people. The risk allows it to. Theelectrical safety program needs to address the hazards and elimination of the hazard first then a risk assessmentneeds to be performed for whatever hazard is left. If the focus is on the risk then people will not pay attention toelimination of the hazards.? The emphasis on eliminating the hazard should never be removed from the standard.If we focus only on the risk assessment and not the hazards, the hazard analysis will never be done. OSHA1910.132(d) clearly requires the employer to perform a hazard assessment to determine if hazards exist.

Pace, David A.

It is the hazard that hurts people. The risk allows it to. The electrical safety program needs to address the hazardsand elimination of the hazard first then a risk assessment needs to be performed for whatever hazard is left. If thefocus is on the risk then people will not pay attention to elimination of the hazards

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



24 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 6-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.1(E) ]

(F) Electrical Safety Program Procedures.

Before work is started, an An electrical safety program shall identify the procedures for to be utilizedbefore work is started by employees exposed to an electrical hazard.

Informational Note: For an example of a typical electrical safety program procedure, seeInformative Annex E.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The Committee made editorial change to this section for clarity.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 147-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.1(E)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


25 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



26 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 7-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.1(G) ]

(H) Job Briefing.

Before starting each job, the employee in charge shall conduct a job briefing with the employeesinvolved. The briefing shall cover such subjects as hazards associated with the job, work proceduresinvolved, special precautions, energy source controls, PPE requirements, and the information on theenergized electrical work permit, if required. Additional job briefings shall be held if changes that mightaffect the safety of employees occur during the course of the work.

Informational Note: For an example of a job briefing form and planning checklist, see FigureI.1 .

(1) General.

Before starting each job, the employee in charge shall conduct a job briefing with the employeesinvolved. The briefing shall cover such subjects as hazards associated with the job, work proceduresinvolved, special precautions, energy source controls, personal protective equipment requirements, andthe information on the energized electrical work permit, if required. Additional job briefings shall be heldif changes that might affect the safety of employees occur during the course of the work.

(2) Routine Work.

Prior to starting work, a brief discussion shall be satisfactory if the work involved is routine and if theemployee is qualified for the task. A more extensive discussion shall be conducted if either of thefollowing apply:

(1) The work is complicated or involved increased risk.

(2) The employee cannot be expected to recognize and avoid exposure to the hazards involved in thejob.

Informational Note: For an example of a job briefing form and planning checklist, see FigureI.1 .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee deletes 110.1(G)(2) in order to put equal emphasis on routine work andnon-routine work

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 150-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.1(G)(2)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned


27 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



28 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 8-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.1(H)(1) ]

(1) Electrical Safety Program.

The electrical safety program shall be audited to verify that the principles and procedures of the electricalsafety program are in compliance with this standard. The frequency of the audit shall not Audits shall beperformed at intervals not to exceed 3 years.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The grammatical structure of the last sentence in the First Revision could be interpreted to indicatethat program audits must not be done more than once every three years. The Second Revisiondoes not alter the intent of the requirement, it provides clarity and is consistent with other sectionsof the document, including Section 110.2(D)(3) as modified by FR-41.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 110-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.1(H)(1)]


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.


29 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



30 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 9-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.1(H)(2) ]

(2) Field Work.

Field work shall be audited to verify that the requirements contained in the procedures of the electricalsafety program are being followed. When the auditing determines that the principles and procedures ofthe electrical safety program are not being followed, the appropriate revisions to the training program orrevisions to the procedures shall be made.The frequency of the audit shall not exceed Audits shall beperformed at intervals not to exceed 1 year.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The grammatical structure of the last sentence in the First Revision could be interpreted to indicatethat field audits must not be done more than once a year. The Second Revision does not alter theintent of the requirement, provides clarity and is consistent with other sections of the document,including Section 110.2(D)(3) as modified by FR-41.

ResponseMessage:



Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.


31 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



32 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(A) Safety Training.

The training requirements contained in this section shall apply to employees exposed to an electricalhazard when the risk associated with that hazard is not reduced to a safe level by the applicableelectrical installation requirements. Such employees shall be trained to understand the specific hazardsassociated with electrical energy. They shall be trained in safety-related work practices and proceduralrequirements, as necessary, to provide protection from the electrical hazards associated with theirrespective job or task assignments. Employees shall be trained to identify and understand the relationshipbetween electrical hazards and possible injury.

Informational Note: For further information concerning installation requirements, see NFPA 70,National Electrical Code.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The Committee has added the phrase “when the risk associated with that hazard” to the firstsentence of this section to correlate with the First Revision made to this section and other sectionsof the document. See Palmer L. Hickman's First Revision ballot comment on FR-37.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.


33 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Neitzel, Dennis K.

I agree with David Pace?s comment. If we focus only on the risk assessment and not the hazards, the hazardanalysis will never be done. OSHA 1910.132(d) clearly requires the employer to perform a hazard assessment todetermine if hazards exist.

Pace, David A.

It is the hazard that hurts people. The risk allows it to. The electrical safety program needs to address the hazardsand elimination of the hazard first then a risk assessment needs to be performed for whatever hazard is left. If thefocus is on the risk then people will not pay attention to elimination of the hazards

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



34 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 11-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.2(B) ]

(B) Type of Training.

The training required by this section shall be classroom, on-the-job, or a combination of the two. Thetypeand type and extent of the training provided shall be determined by the risk to the employee.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Editorial corrections were made to the First Revision text.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 26-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.2(B)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Neitzel, Dennis K.


35 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.

I still believe we have not addressed the issue of new technology being introduced effectively or BAD habits beingcontinually passed from one worker to the next. This version is better but still needs improvement to addresschanges for worker safety.


Mohla, Daleep C.

Type of training required by 70E should be classroom and on the job. Electrical systems are getting very complexwith the rapid introduction of electronics in every piece of electrical equipment. 110.2(D) (2) requires ?Retraining insafety related work practices and applicable changes in this standard shall be performed at intervals not to exceedthree years.? This clearly implies that employees have to be trained in 70E based training. This can only beaccomplished in an instructor lead classroom type environment. It is infeasible to perform this type of training onthe job. On the job training is normally done by peers (e.g. a senior electrician training other electricians whileworking with them) Part of the training is risk assessment and I seriously doubt this can be accomplished in otherthan an instructor lead training in a class room.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



36 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 13-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.2(C) ]

(C) Emergency Response Training .

(1) Contact Release.

Employees exposed to shock hazards shall be trained in methods of safe release of victims fromcontact with exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit parts. Refresher training shall occurannually.

(2) First Aid, Emergency Response, and Resuscitation.

(a) Employees responsible for responding to medical emergencies shall be trained in first aid andemergency procedures.

(b) Employees responsible for responding to medical emergencies shall be trained incardiopulmonary resuscitation (CPR). Refresher training shall occur annually.

(c) Employees responsible for responding to medical emergencies shall be trained in the use of anautomated external defibrilator (AED) if an employer’s emergency response plan includes the useof this device. Refresher training shall occur annually.

(3) Training Verification.

Employers shall verify at least annually that employee training required by this section is current.

(4) Documentation.

The employer shall document that the training required by this section has occurred.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The Second Revision corrects First Revision inconsistencies and increases clarity andusability.

Response Message:




Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All




37 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

1 Abstention

Affirmative All



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

Widup, Ron


Barrios, Louis A.

While I support the committee's efforts to simplify and provide additional clarity in this section, 110.2(C)(2)(a)should be modified to make it clear that "emergency procedures" are appropriate for the hazard or expectedinjuries and not left open to interpretation to cover all emergency procedures.

West, Rodney J.

We recognize that some major certifying bodies provide CPR certification training that is valid for more than oneyear. As explained during the committee meetings, this section is not intended to require annual certificationtraining but rather to require annual refresher training. While the document does not specify or define whatconstitutes refresher training, the employer can determine the type and extent of annual refresher training that isnecessary to meet this requirement.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



38 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 14-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.2(D)(1) ]

(1) Qualified Person.

A qualified person shall be trained and knowledgeable of in the construction and operation of equipmentor a specific work method and be trained to recognize identify and avoid the electrical hazards that mightbe present with respect to that equipment or work method.

(a) Such persons shall also be familiar with the proper use of the special precautionary techniques; ,applicable electrical policies and procedures, personal protective equipment including arc flash suit;insulating PPE, insulating and shielding materials; and , and insulated tools and test equipment. Aperson can be considered qualified with respect to certain equipment and methods but still beunqualified for others.

(b) Such persons permitted to work within the limited approach boundary of exposed energizedelectrical conductors and circuit parts operating at 50 volts or more shall, at a minimum, beadditionally trained in all of the following:

(1) Skills and techniques necessary to distinguish exposed energized electrical conductors andcircuit parts from other parts of electrical equipment

(2) Skills and techniques necessary to determine the nominal voltage of exposed energizedelectrical conductors and circuit parts

(3) Approach distances specified in Table 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) and Table 130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) and the corresponding voltages to which the qualified person will beexposed

(4) Decision-making process necessary to determine the degree and extent of the hazard and thepersonal protective equipment and job planning necessary to perform the task safely be able todo the following:

i. Perform the job safety planning

ii. Identify electrical hazards

iii. Assess the associated risk

iv. Select the appropriate risk control methods from the hierarchy of controls identified in110.1(F), including personal protective equipment

(c) An employee who is undergoing on-the-job training for the purpose of obtaining the skills andknowledge necessary to be considered a qualified person, and who, in who in the course of suchtraining, has demonstrated training demonstrates an ability to perform specific duties safely at his orher level of training, and who is under the direct supervision of a qualified person, shall person shallbe considered to be a qualified person for the performance of those specific duties.

(d) Tasks that are performed less often than once per year shall require retraining before theperformance of the work practices involved.

(e) Employees shall be trained to select an appropriate voltage detector test instrument and shalldemonstrate how to use a device to verify the absence of voltage, including interpreting indicationsprovided by the device. The training shall include information that enables the employee tounderstand all limitations of each specific voltage detector test instrument that might be used.

(f) The employer shall determine, through determine through regular supervision or through inspectionsconducted on at least an annual basis, that basis that each employee is complying with the safety-related work practices required by this standard.





39 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The Second Revision corrects First Revision inconsistencies and increases clarity andusability.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 155-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.2(D)(1)]



Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron



40 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Pace, David A.

It is the responsibility of the employer to set the acceptable level of risk an employee can work under and theemployer must establish the methods of protecting the employees. It is not the responsibility of the employee asoutlined in 110.2(D)(1)(b)(4). The the concepts of hazard identification and risk assessment are being muddiedwith the changes to 70E related to risk and hazards. This will confuse those who will try to implement therequirements of this standard.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



41 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 15-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.3(C) ]

(C) Documentation.

There Where the host employer has knowledge of hazards covered by this standard that are related tothe contract employer’s work, there shall be a documented meeting between the host employer and thecontract employer.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The revision clarifies when a documented meeting is to take place.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

20 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark


42 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Neitzel, Dennis K.



Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Barrios, Louis A.

The sole criteria for determining whether or not a documented meeting shall be held between a host employerand a contracto employer should not be dependent only on the hosts employer's qualifications and knowledge ofthe hazards. The contract employer and his/her knowledge of the hazards should also be considered. In fact, itmay be more important for a documented meeting to occur when the host employer is not familiar with theelectrical hazards at their site.

Mohla, Daleep C.

The proposed new wording? Where the host employer has knowledge of hazards covered by this Standard thatare related to the contract employer?s work, there shall be a documented meeting between the host employer andthe contract employer ?is very ambiguous and has no merit at all. This leaves a big loop hole for not having ameeting at all. Why would a host employer have a meeting to explain the electrical hazards if it is not required.110.3 (A) (1) requires the host employer is required to inform the contract employer of known hazards related tothe contractor?s work. 110.3(A) (C) documentation is the next logical step to ensure requirements of 110.3(A) (1)have been met. The wording in the first draft ?There shall be a documented meeting between the host employerand the contract employer? is needed to have some kind of formal transfer of knowledge and documentation toassure this hazards covered in 110.3(A) (1) have been conveyed to the contract employer. In absence of a clearrequirement for documentation there will be no method to determine if contract employer has been informed ofknown hazards.

Pace, David A.

A meeting should always take place before work begins. If the host employer does not have knowledge ofhazards, it is their responsibility to find someone who does. The hazards must be communicated in order to allowproper protective measures to be taken. This wording will allow many host employers to simply not have ameeting and not communicate any hazard information. This weakens the document.

Stallcup, James G.

This is an ambiguous statement. The host employer should be required to have a meeting.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



43 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 16-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.4(A)(4) ]

(4) Visual Inspection and Repair.

Test instruments and equipment and all associated test leads, cables, power cords, probes, andconnectors shall be visually inspected for external defects and damage before each use. If there is adefect or evidence of damage, that might expose an employee to injury, the defective or damaged itemshall be removed from service, and no employee shall use it until a qualified person performs . Noemployee shall use it until a person(s) qualified to perform the repairs and tests that are necessary torender the equipment safe has done so .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Defective equipment shall not be used period. Repairs should be made according tomanufacturer's instructions. Getting into who repairs what usually means voiding the listing of theequipment. This standard should not be giving direction other than repairing according to themanufacturer to retain its listing.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 67-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.4(A)(4)]


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.


44 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



45 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 18-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.4(B)(3) ]

(3) Visual Inspection and Repair of Portable Cord- and Plug-Connected Equipment and Flexible CordSets.

(a) Frequency of Inspection. Before each use, portable cord- and plug-connected equipment shall bevisually inspected for external defects (such as loose parts or deformed and missing pins) and forevidence of possible internal damage (such as a pinched or crushed outer jacket).

Exception: Cord- and plug-connected equipment and flexible cord sets (extension cords) thatremain connected once they are put in place and are not exposed to damage shall not be requiredto be visually inspected until they are relocated.

(b) Defective Equipment. If there is a defect or evidence of damage th, that might expose an employeeto injury, the defective or damaged item shall be removed from service, and no employee shall useit until a qualifed person performs . No employee shall use it until a person(s) qualified to perform therepairs and tests necessary to render the equipment safe has done so .

(c) Proper Mating. When an attachment plug is to be connected to a receptacle, the relationship of theplug and receptacle contacts shall first be checked to ensure that they are of mating configurations.

(4) Conductive Work Locations. Portable electric equipment used in highly conductive work locations(such as those inundated with water or other conductive liquids),

(5) or in job locations where employees are likely to contact water or conductive liquids,

(6) shall be approved for those locations. In job locations where employees are likely to contact or bedrenched with water or conductive liquids, ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnelshall also be used.

Informational Note: The risk assessment procedure can also include identifying when the use ofportable tools and equipment powered by sources other than 120 volts ac, such as batteries, air,and hydraulics, should be used to minimize the potential for injury from electrical hazards for tasksperformed in conductive or wet locations.

(4) Conductive Work Locations.

Portable electric equipment used in highly conductive work locations (such as those inundated withwater or other conductive liquids) shall be approved for those locations. In job locations whereemployees are likely to contact or be drenched with water or conductive liquids, ground-fault circuit-interrupter protection for personnel shall also be used.

Informational Note: The risk assessment procedure can also include identifying when the use ofportable tools and equipment powered by sources other than 120 volts ac, such as batteries, air,and hydraulics, should be used to minimize the potential for injury from electrical hazards fortasks performed in conductive or wet locations.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The Second revision restores the phrase “that might expose an employee to injury” found in the2012 edition as recommended by PC-139. The Committee additionally combines and renumbers


46 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

sections (d) (e) and (f) as section (4).

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 209-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.4(B)(3)]



Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Pace, David A.

The wording related to the handling of portable electric equipment in highly conductive locations should beremoved and the guidance from this document should be to not do those things. Including phrases such as?inundated with water?, ?where employees are likely to contact or be drenched with water? with guidance on howto handle portable electric equipment is completely contrary to the basic premise of the document. The guidancewe should be providing in these situations is to not handle this equipment in those environments. We used to havelanguage related to live line work and we took that out, the same should apply here. This is something that mayhave been accepted but should not be any longer.


47 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



48 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 19-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 110.4(C)(3) ]

(3) Outdoors.

GFCI protection shall be provided when an employee is outdoors and operating or using cord- andplug-connected equipment supplied by greater than 125-volt, 15-, 20-, or 30-ampere circuits. Whereemployees working outdoors operate or use equipment supplied by other greater than 125-volt, 15-, 20-,or 30-ampere circuits, GFCI protection or an assured equipment grounding conductor program shall beimplemented.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The committee is making these changes to be consistent wth 110.4(C)(2).

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 210-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 110.4(C)(3)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


49 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



50 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 20-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 120.1 ]

120.1 Process of Achieving Verification of an Electrically Safe Work Condition.

An electrically safe work condition shall be achieved when performed in accordance with the proceduresof 120.2 and verified by the following process:

(1) Determine all possible sources of electrical supply to the specific equipment. Check applicableup-to-date drawings, diagrams, and identification tags.

(2) After properly interrupting the load current, open the disconnecting device(s) for each source.

(3) Wherever possible, visually verify that all blades of the disconnecting devices are fully open or thatdrawout-type circuit breakers are withdrawn to the fully disconnected position.

(4) Apply lockout/tagout devices in accordance with a documented and established policy.

(5) Use an adequately rated test instrument to test each phase conductor or circuit part to verify it isde-energized. Test each phase conductor or circuit part both phase-to-phase and phase-to-ground.Before and after each test, determine that the test instrument is operating satisfactorily throughverfication verification on a known voltage source.

Informational Note: See ANSI/ISA-61010-1 (82.02.01)/UL 61010-1 ANSI/ISA 61010-1 , SafetyRequirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, and Laboratory Use – , Part1: General Requirements, for rating and design requirements for voltage measurement andtest instruments intended for use on electrical systems 1000 volts and below.

(6) Where the possibility of induced voltages or stored electrical energy exists, ground the phaseconductors or circuit parts before touching them. Where it could be reasonably anticipated that theconductors or circuit parts being de-energized could contact other exposed energized conductors orcircuit parts, apply ground connecting devices rated for the available fault duty.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee supports the concept that was introduced in PI 211 and this revision providesthe necessary clarity.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All


51 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Pace, David A.

Before verification can be done, an electrically safe work condition must first be established. This section of thestandard should focus on establishing the electrically safe work condition.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.

OSHA policy requires me to abstain from all ballots on technical issues. However, it seems to me that the sectioncovers achieving, as well as verifying, an electrically safe working condition.


52 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(2) Training and Retraining .

All persons who could be exposed or affected by the lockout/tagout shall be trained to understand theestablished procedure to control the energy and their responsibility in executing the procedure and itsexecution . New ( or reassigned) employees shall be trained (or retrained) to understand thelockout/tagout procedure as it relates to their new assignments. The employer shall document that eachemployee has received the training required by this section. This documentation shall be made when theemployee demonstrates proficiency in the work practices involved. The documentation shall contain thecontent of the training, each employee's name, and the dates of the training. Retraining shall be requiredas the established procedure is revised. Retraining shall be performed at intervals not to exceed 3 years.

Informational Note: Content of the training could include one or more of the following: coursesyllabus, course curriculum, outline, table of contents, or training objectives.

(3) Retraining.

Retraining shall be performed:

(a) When the established procedure is revised

(b) At intervals not to exceed 3 years

(4) Training Documentation.

(a) The employer shall document that each employee has received the training required by thissection.

(b) The documentation shall be made when the employee demonstrates proficiency in the workpractices involved.

(c) The documentation shall contain the content of the training, each employee's name, and the datesof the training.

Informational Note: Content of the training could include one or more of the following: coursesyllabus, course curriculum, outline, table of contents, or training objectives.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The document was reformatted for clarity and usability. The change more accurately reflectswho is to be trained and retrained.

ResponseMessage:



Ballot Results


53 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Drobnick, Drake A.

Two new line items need to be added to the next edition in section 120.2(B) (3), (c) when there is a change in jobassignment, (d) when the employee shows lack of knowledge or skill.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



54 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


130.1 General.

Article 130 covers the following:

(1) When an electrically safe work condition must be established

(2) The electrical safety-related work practices when an electrically safe work condition cannot beestablished

Article 130 provides requirements for establishing an electrically safe work condition and electrical safety-related work practices when an electrically safe work condition cannot be established. All requirements ofthis article shall apply whether an incident energy analysis is completed or if Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) ,Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) , Table 130.7(C)(15)(B), and Table 130.7(C)(16) are used in lieu of an incidentenergy analysis in accordance with 130.5 , Exception .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This revision provides the necessary clarity. Editorial and repositioning of requirements forclarification and readability. Clarified that section does not contain requirements for establishing anelectrically safe work condition – that is contained in Article 120 - Article 130 defines when andelectrically safe work condition is to be established.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.




55 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hickman, Palmer L.

We wonder if the final wording accurately reflects all of what what is covered by Article 130. It almost sounds likea scope statement where only what is included it the scope of the article can be covered in the article. We submitthat this wording may be inaccurate, incomplete and not necessary. Perhaps restating or incorporating the title ofArticle 130, "Work Involving Electrical Hazards", would be have beenmore appropriate.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



56 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 24-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 130.2 [Excluding any

Sub-Sections] ]

Energized electrical conductors and circuit parts shall be put into an electrically safe work condition beforean employee performs work if any of the following conditions exist:

(1) The employee is within the limited approach boundary.

(2) The employee interacts with equipment where conductors or circuit parts are not exposed,but exposed but an increased likelihood of injury from an exposure to an arc flash hazard exists.

(3) The employee is within the arc flash boundary of exposed energized electrical conductors or circuitparts.

Exception: Where a disconnecting means or isolating element that has been properly installed andmaintained is operated, opened, closed, removed, or inserted to achieve an electrically safe workcondition for connected equipment or to return connected equipment to service that has been placed inan electrically safe work condition, the equipment supplying the disconnecting means or isolatingelement shall not be required to be placed in an electrically safe work condition provided a riskassessment is performed and does not identify unacceptable risks for the task.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

A worker’s presence within the arc flash boundary is not predictive of the likelihood that anarc flash incident will occur.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 115-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.2 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

21 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



57 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Drobnick, Drake A.

The definition of Arc Flash Hazard states that exposed energized parts or employee interaction could create ahazard. The Standard requires in section 130.2 that an Electrically Safe Work Condition be established wheneveran employee works within an exposed shock hazard boundary or when the employee interacts with enclosedequipment. It totally ignores the exposed arc flash hazard condition it recognizes within the definition. PI-63 soughtto remedy this inconsistency and was accepted by the committee and included in FR-72. The Committee reversedits decision and removed the language by accepting PC-115. In the Committee?s statement for removing FR-72,they suggest that ?a worker?s presence within the arc flash boundary is not predictive of the likelihood that an arcflash incident will occur.? Conversely, by mandating de-energizing whenever an employee is located within theexposed shock protection boundary appears to conclude that the employee will always receive a shock at thislocation without regard to predictive likelihood.

Hickman, Palmer L.

A worker?s presence within the arc flash boundary seems as predictive of the likelihood that an arc flash hazardwill exist as a worker?s presence within the limited approach boundary is predictive of the likelihood that a shockhazard will exist.

Pace, David A.

The condition described in 130.2 (3) still requires an electrically safe work condition to be established. The arcflash boundary can exceed the limited approach boundary and create a hazardous situation. Excluding this setsup a condition that will lead to misunderstanding the arc flash hazard, and will cause injuries. If within the arc flashboundary, an individual would be exposed to the hazard. The hazard should be removed by establishing anelectrically safe work condition.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



58 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(1) When Required.

When working within the restricted approach boundary of exposed energized electrical conductors orcircuit parts that are not placed in an electrically safe work condition [for the reasons of additional hazardsor increased risk or infeasibility per 130.2(A) , 130.2(A)(2) and 130.2(A)(3)] or where the employeeinteracts with the equipment where conductors or circuit parts are not exposed but an increased risk ofinjury from an exposure to an arc flash hazard exists , work to be performed shall be consideredenergized electrical work and shall be performed by written permit only. When energized work is permittedin accordance with 130.2(A) , an energized electrical work permit shall be required under the followingconditions:

(1) When work is performed within the restricted approach boundary

(2) When the employee interacts with the equipment when conductors or circuit parts are not exposedbut an increased likelihood of injury from an exposure to an arc flash hazard exists




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The First Revision has been restructured 130.2(B)(1) for clarity. The term “where” in the middle ofthe paragraph has been changed to “when” for grammatical accuracy. The phrase ”an increased riskof injury from an exposure to” in the end of the paragraph has been revised to “an increasedlikelihood of injury from an exposure to” to correlate to other revisions. See Palmer L. Hickman FirstRevision ballot comment on FR-75.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

21 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



59 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.

With the revised text the EWP can now be used effectively as it was orginally intended.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Why is the arc flash boundary not listed here in this section?


Drobnick, Drake A.

The Committee's departure from the 2012 language in section 130.2(B) (1) dilutes and limits the application of theEnergized Electrical Work Permit. By the acceptance of FR-75 and PC-117 which deletes the arc flash boundaryand reduces the shock boundary action trigger for < 600 volts to < 12" or <1mm the Committee has effectivelyrendered its application as a risk assessment tool to "useless."

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



60 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(2) Elements of Work Permit.

The energized electrical work permit shall include, but not be limited to, the following items:

(1) Description of the circuit and equipment to be worked on and their location

(2) Justification for why the work must be performed in an energized condition [see 130.2(A)]

(3) Description of the safe work practices to be employed [see 130.3(B)]

(4) Results of the shock risk assessment [see 130.4(A)]

a. Voltage to which personnel will be exposed

(b) Limited approach boundary [see 130.4(B), Table 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) , and Table130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) ]

(c) Restricted approach boundary [see 130.4(B) and Table 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) andTable 130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) ]

(d) Necessary personal and other protective equipment to safely perform the assigned task [see130.4(C), 130.7(C)(1) through (C)(16), Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a), and Table 130.7(C)(16), and130.7(D)]

(5) Results of the arc flash risk assessment [see 130.5]

a. Available incident energy at the working distance or arc flash PPE category [see 130.5]

b. Necessary personal protective equipment PPE toto to protect against the hazard. [see130.5(C) 130.5(E) , 130.7(C)(1) through (C)(16), Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a), and Table130.7(C)(16), and 130.7(D)]

c. Arc flash boundary [see 130.5(A) 130.5(C) ]

(6) Means employed to restrict the access of unqualified persons from the work area [see 130.3(A)]

(7) Evidence of completion of a job briefing, including a discussion of any job-specific hazards [see110.1(G) 110.1(H) ]

(8) Energized work approval (authorizing or responsible management, safety officer, or owner, etc.)signature(s)

Informational Note: For an example of an acceptable energized work permit, see Figure J.1.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Adding “voltage to which personnel will be exposed” is necessary to determine shock boundariesand personal protective equipment. The phrase "at the working distance" has been added forclarity. See PI 475 and FR-76.


61 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.


Abstention

Wallis, David M.



62 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(3) Exemptions to Work Permit.

An energized electrical work permit shall not be required if a qualified person is provided with and usesappropriate safe work practices and personal protective equipment (PPE) PPE in accordance withChapter 1 under any of the following conditions:

(1) Testing, troubleshooting, and voltage measuring

(2) Thermography and visual inspections if the restricted approach boundary is not crossed

(3) Access to and egress from an area with energized electrical equipment if no electrical work isperformed and the restricted approach boundary is not crossed

(4) General housekeeping and miscellaneous non-electrical tasks if the restricted approach boundary isnot crossed

(5) Where the employer’s arc flash risk assessment required by 130.5 identifies no arc flash hazards

Informational Note 1.: See Table 130.7(C)(15)(a) for more examples of tasks for which there areno arc flash hazards.

Informational Note 2.: Where the risk assessment identifies no arc flash hazards, there is no arcflash boundary.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee deleted 130.2(3) by action taken on PC-115. Therefore 130.2(B)(3)(5),Informational Note No.1 and Informational Note No.2 are no longer necessary. The proposedInformational Note No. 3 does not provide additional clarity.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention


63 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.


Abstention

Wallis, David M.



64 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 28-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 130.3(A) [Excluding any

Sub-Sections] ]

Safety-related work practices shall be used to safeguard employees from injury while they are exposed toelectrical hazards from electrical conductors or circuit parts that are or can become energized. The specificsafety-related work practices shall be consistent with the electrical hazards and the associated risk.Appropriate safety-related work practices shall be determined before any person is exposed to theelectrical hazards involved by using both shock hazard analysis risk assessment and arc flash hazardanalysis risk assessment . Only qualified persons shall be permitted to work on electrical conductors orcircuit parts that have not been put into an electrically safe work condition..




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This change will make the terminology consistent with other changes made within thedocument.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 102-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.3(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

Public Comment No. 119-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.3(A) [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.


65 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Pace, David A.

Identification of the hazards is done through a hazard analysis. This section discusses hazards, not risk.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



66 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(A) Shock Hazard Analysis Risk Assessment .

A shock risk assessment shall determine the voltage to which personnel will be exposed, the boundaryrequirements, and the personal protective equipment PPE necessary in order to minimize the possibilityof electric shock to personnel.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This will make the terminology consistent with other changes within the document.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John



67 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Pace, David A.

Hazard identification determines voltage. Then the level of risk can be determined.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



68 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 31-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Sections 130.4(C), 130.4(D) ]

(C) Approach to Exposed Energized Electrical Conductors or Circuit Parts Operating at 50 Volts orMore. Limited Approach Boundary.

No qualified person shall approach or take any conductive object closer to exposed energized electricalconductors or circuit parts operating at 50 volts or more than the restricted approach boundary set forth inTable 130.4(C)(a) and Table 130.4(C)(b) , unless one of the following conditions applies:

(1) The qualified person is insulated or guarded from the energized electrical conductors or circuit partsoperating at 50 volts or more. Insulating gloves or insulating gloves and sleeves are consideredinsulation only with regard to the energized parts upon which work is being performed. If there is aneed for an uninsulated part of the qualified person’s body to contact exposed energizedconductors or circuit parts, a combination of 130.4(C) (1), 130.4(C) (2), and 130.4(C) (3) shall beused to protect the uninsulated body parts.

(2) The energized electrical conductors or circuit part operating at 50 volts or more are insulated fromthe qualified person and from any other conductive object at a different potential.

(3) The qualified person is insulated from any other conductive object

(4) The restricted approach boundary in Table 130.4(C)(a) and Table 130.4(C)(b) is “not specified.”

(1) Approach by Unqualified Persons.

Unless permitted by 130.4(C)(3), no unqualified person shall be permitted to approach nearer than thelimited approach boundary of energized conductors and circuit parts.

(2) Working at or Close to the Limited Approach Boundary.

Where one or more unqualified persons are working at or close to the limited approach boundary, thedesignated person in charge of the work space where the electrical hazard exists shall advise theunqualified person(s) of the electrical hazard and warn him or her to stay outside of the limited approachboundary.

(3) Entering the Limited Approach Boundary.

Where there is a need for an unqualified person(s) to cross the limited approach boundary, a qualifiedperson shall advise him or her of the possible hazards and continuously escort the unqualified person(s)while inside the limited approach boundary. Under no circumstance shall the escorted unqualifiedperson(s) be permitted to cross the restricted approach boundary.

(D) Approach by Unqualified Persons. Restricted Approach Boundary.


69 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Global SR-30 Hide Deleted


Unless permitted by 130.4(D) (2), no unqualified person shall be permitted to approach nearer than thelimited approach boundary of energized conductors and circuit parts. No qualified person shall approachor take any conductive object closer to exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit parts operatingat 50 volts or more than the restricted approach boundary set forth in Table 130.4(D)(a) and Table130.4(D)(b) , unless one of the following conditions applies:

(1) The qualified person is insulated or guarded from the energized electrical conductors or circuit partsoperating at 50 volts or more. Insulating gloves or insulating gloves and sleeves are consideredinsulation only with regard to the energized parts upon which work is being performed. If there is aneed for an uninsulated part of the qualified person’s body to contact exposed energized electricalconductors or circuit parts, a combination of 130.4(D)(1), 130.4(D)(2), and 130.4(D)(3) shall beused to protect the uninsulated body parts.

(2) The energized electrical conductors or circuit part operating at 50 volts or more are insulated fromthe qualified person and from any other conductive object at a different potential.

(3) The qualified person is insulated from any other conductive object.

Table 130.4(D)(a) Approach Boundaries to Energized Electrical Conductors or Circuit Parts for ShockProtection for Alternating-Current Systems (All dimensions are distance from energized electricalconductor or circuit part to employee.)

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Limited Approach Boundary b

Restricted Approach Boundary b ;Includes Inadvertent MovementAdder

Nominal SystemVoltage Range, Phase

to Phase aExposed Movable

Conductor cExposed Fixed

Circuit Part

<50 V Not specified Not specified Not specified

50 V–150 V d 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft 6 in.) Avoid contact

151 V–750 V 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft 6 in.) 0.3 m (1 ft 0 in.)

751 V–15 kV 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.5 m (5 ft 0 in.) 0.7 m (2 ft 2 in.)

15.1 kV–36 kV 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.8 m (6 ft 0 in.) 0.8 m (2 ft 7 in.)


46.1 kV–72.5 kV 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 2.5 m (8 ft 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft 3 in.)


138 kV–145 kV 3.4 m (11 ft 0 in.) 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.2 m (3 ft 10 in.)






Note(1): For arc flash boundary, see 130.5(A).

Note (2): All dimensions are distance from exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit part toemployee.

a For single-phase systems above 250V, select the range that is equal to the system’s maximum phase-to-ground voltage multiplied by 1.732.

b See definition in Article 100 and text in 130.4(D)(2) and Informative Annex C for elaboration.

c Exposed movable conductors describes a condition in which the distance between the conductor and


70 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

a person is not under the control of the person. The term is normally applied to overhead line conductorssupported by poles.

d This includes circuits where the exposure does not exceed 120V.

Table 130.4(D)(b) Approach Boundaries to Energized Electrical Conductors or Circuit Parts for ShockProtection, Direct-Current Voltage Systems

(1) (2) (3) (4)

Nominal PotentialDifference

Limited Approach BoundaryRestricted Approach Boundary;Includes Inadvertent Movement

AdderExposed Movable

Conductor *Exposed Fixed

Circuit Part

<100 V Not specified Not specified Not specified

100 V–300 V 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft 6 in.) Avoid contact

301 V–1 kV 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft 6 in.) 0.3 m (1 ft 0 in.)




45.1 kV– 75 kV 3.0 m (10 ft 0 in.) 2.5 m (8 ft 0 in.) 1.0 m (3 ft 2 in.)





Note: All dimensions are distance from exposed energized electrical conductors or circuit parts toworker.

* Exposed movable conductor describes a condition in which the distance between the conductor and aperson is not under the control of the person. The term is normally applied to overhead line conductorssupported by poles.

(1) Working At or Close to the Limited Approach Boundary.

Where one or more unqualified persons are working at or close to the limited approach boundary, thedesignated person in charge of the work space where the electrical hazard exists shall advise theunqualified person(s) of the electrical hazard and warn him or her to stay outside of the limited approachboundary.

(2) Entering the Limited Approach Boundary.

Where there is a need for an unqualified person(s) to cross the limited approach boundary, a qualifiedperson shall advise him or her of the possible hazards and continuously escort the unqualified person(s)while inside the limited approach boundary. Under no circumstance shall the escorted unqualifiedperson(s) be permitted to cross the restricted approach boundary.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This section is restructured for Clarity. See FR-82.


71 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

20 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.


Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron



The Committee had changed the threshold to 50 V in the FR to be congruent with NFPA 70-NEC and OSHA. Weeliminated the "Simple Lock-Out Tag-Out" using the rationale to be congruent with OSHA; rightfully so! I think itapplies here also.

Mohla, Daleep C.

?Evidence provided to the committee indicates that electrocutions have occurred from DC voltages less than100?.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

According to OSHA, ?There is clear evidence before the Committee that voltages higher than 50 volts but lowerthan 100 volts can be, and have been, fatal.?

Pace, David A.

There is no technical justification for the change from 300 to 150 volts. The vast majority of panels containmultiple voltages. In the range related to this change, normally there is up to 240 or 277 volts. There is nodifference in the level of protection needed from a shock prospective between 150 and 277 volts. Both are in thesame box. Requiring a 3? distance for 208 to 277 volts adds nothing to the level of safety for the individual, doesnot add clarity and is overly restrictive. The existing language is clear and represents real world installations. Thischange should not be made, the existing language should remain.


72 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Abstention

Wallis, David M.

OSHA policy requires me to abstain from all ballots on technical issues. However, I continue to be concernedabout the action the 70E Committee took on actions related to the threshold requiring protection from energizedDC circuit parts. At the meeting, the Committee voted to raise the threshold to 100 volts from 50 volts adopted atthe last meeting. There is clear evidence before the Committee that voltages higher than 50 volts but lower than100 volts can be, and have been, fatal. Papers submitted by those supporting the rise in the threshold indicatethat there have been at least seven fatalities in China from contact with circuit parts energized at less than 100volts DC. It was argued that the conditions typically involved working in very hot and confined locations and thatthose fatalities were in a country likely without confined space standards. I don?t consider those argumentsparticularly persuasive. In the first place, the workers died of electric shock, not heat stress or other confinedspace hazards. I am aware of no evidence that heat stress exacerbates the effects of electric shock. While it istrue that perspiration can lower contact resistance, that is true of wet conditions in general, and it has the sameeffect on AC electric-shock events. It is one of the major reasons why the AC threshold is 50 volts. In the secondplace, China is not a third-world country. China has adopted safety and health laws and has a professionaloccupational safety association. In addition, as I mentioned in an earlier email, there have been at least threefatalities in the US involving DC circuits of less than 100 volts: https://www.osha.gov/pls/imis/accidentsearch.accident_detail?id=201924172&id=000775742&id=014295083&id=000775742&id=014295083.These incidents, as well as the Chinese incidents, show that voltages over 50 volts DC are hazardous. Finally,setting the DC voltage threshold higher than 50 volts conflicts with the NEC and OSHA standards, which requireguarding of exposed live parts operating at more than 50 volts DC. It?s hard to understand why NFPA 70E wouldpermit contact with 50-volt DC circuit parts that the installation codes require to be guarded. Clearly, if it is unsafeto install DC equipment with exposed live parts operating at more than 50 volts, it must also be unsafe to touchthose parts during maintenance and repair. (Installation requirements will continue to prohibit contact duringoperation.) I believe that, given the accident history, it is unrealistic to believe that OSHA or the NEC will raise theexisting 50-volt DC threshold.


73 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


130.5 Arc Flash Risk Assessment.

The An arc flash risk assessment shall be updated when a major modification or renovation takes place.It shall be reviewed periodically, not to exceed 5 years, to account for changes in the electrical distributionsystem that could affect the results of the arc flash risk assessment. performed and shall:

(1) Determine if an arc flash hazard exists. If an arc flash hazard exists, the risk assessment shalldetermine:

a. Appropriate safety-related work practices

b. The arc flash boundary

c. The PPE to be used within the arc flash boundary

(2) Be updated when a major modification or renovation takes place. It shall be reviewed periodically,at intervals not to exceed 5 years, to account for changes in the electrical distribution system thatcould affect the results of the arc flash risk assessment.

(3) Take into consideration the design of the overcurrent protective device and its opening time,including its condition of maintenance.

The arc flash risk assessment shall take into consideration the design of the overcurrent protectivedevice and its opening time, including its condition of maintenance.

Informational Note No. 1: Improper or inadequate maintenance can result in increased openingtime of the overcurrent protective device, thus increasing the incident energy. Where equipment isnot properly installed or maintained, PPE selection based on incident energy analysis or the PPEcategory method may not provide adequate protection from arc flash hazards.

Informational Note No. 2: Both larger and smaller available short-circuit currents could result inhigher available arc flash energies. If the available short-circuit current increases without adecrease in the opening time of the overcurrent protective device, the arc flash energy willincrease. If the available short-circuit current decreases, resulting in a longer opening time for theovercurrent protective device, arc flash energies could also increase.

Informational Note No. 3: The occurrence of an arcing fault inside an enclosure produces a varietyof physical phenomena very different from a bolted fault. For example, the arc energy resulting froman arc developed in the air will cause a sudden pressure increase and localized overheating.Equipment and design practices are available to minimize the energy levels and the number ofprocedures that could expose an employee to high-level energy sources high levels of incidentenergy . Proven designs such as arc-resistant switchgear, remote racking (insertion or removal),remote opening and closing of switching devices, high-resistance grounding of low-voltage and5000 volts (nominal) systems, current limitation, and specification of covered bus or coveredconductors within equipment are techniques available to reduce the risk associated with an arcflash incident. See Informative Annex O for Safety-Related Design Requirements.

Informational Note No. 4: For additional direction for performing maintenance on overcurrentprotective devices, see Chapter 2, Safety-Related Maintenance Requirements.

Informational Note No. 5: See IEEE 1584, Guide for Performing Arc Flash Calculations , for moreinformation regarding arc flash hazards for three-phase systems.

(A) Documentation.

The results of the arc flash risk assessment shall be documented.


74 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

(B) Arc Flash Boundary.

(1) The arc flash boundary shall be the distance at which the incident energy equals 5 J/cm 2 (1.2

cal/cm 2 ).

Informational Note: For information on estimating the arc flash boundary, see InformativeAnnex D .

(2) The arc flash boundary shall be permitted to be determined by Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) or Table130.7(C)(15)(B), when the requirements of these tables apply.

(C) Arc Flash Boundary and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) PPE .

One of the following methods shall be used for the determination of the arc flash boundary and theselection of personal protective equipment (PPE) PPE . Either, but not both, methods shall be permitted tobe used on the same piece of equipment. The results of an incident energy analysis to specify an arcflash PPE Category in Table 130.7(C)(16) shall not be permitted.

(1) Incident Energy Analysis Method .

The arc flash boundary for systems 50 volts and greater shall be the distance at which the incidentenergy equals 5 J/cm2 (1.2 cal/cm2). The incident energy analysis shall determine, and the employershall document, the incident energy exposure of the worker (in calories per square centimeter). Theincident energy exposure level shall be based on the working distance of the employee’s face and chestareas from a prospective arc source for the specific task to be performed. Arc-rated clothing and otherPPE shall be used by the employee based on the incident energy exposure associated with the specifictask. Recognizing that incident energy increases as the distance from the arc flash decreases, additionalPPE shall be used for any parts of the body that are closer than the distance at which the incident energywas determined.

Informational Note: For information on estimating the incident energy, see Informative Annex D.For information on selection of arc-rated clothing and other PPE, see Table H.3(B) in InformativeAnnex H.

(2) Arc Flash PPE Categories Method .

The requirements of 130.7(C)(15) and 130.7(C)(16) shall be used to determine the arc flash boundaryand for the selection and use of personal and other protective equipment apply when the arc flash PPEcategory method is used for the selection of arc flash PPE .

(D) Equipment Labeling.

Electrical equipment such as switchboards, panelboards, industrial control panels, meter socketenclosures, and motor control centers that are in other than dwelling units and that are likely to requireexamination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized shall be field-marked with a labelcontaining all the following information:

(1) Nominal system voltage

(2) Arc flash boundary

(3) At least one of the following:

a. Available incident energy and the corresponding working distance, or the arc flash PPEcategory in Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) or 130.7(C)(15)(B) for the equipment, but not both

b. Minimum arc rating of clothing

c. Site—specific Site-specific level of PPE

(d) PPE category in 130.7(C)(15)(b) or 130.7(C)(15)(d) for the equipment

Exception: Labels applied prior to September 30, 2011, are acceptable if they contain the availableincident energy or required level of PPE.

The method of calculating and the data to support the information for the label shall be documented.Where the review of the arc flash hazard risk assessment identifies a change that renders the labelinaccurate, the label shall be updated.

The owner of the electrical equipment shall be responsible for the documentation, installation, andmaintenance of the field-marked label.


75 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

(E) Protective Clothing and Other Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for Application with an ArcFlash Hazard Analysis.

Where it has been determined that work will be performed within the arc flash boundary, one of thefollowing methods shall be used for the selection of protective clothing and other personal protectiveequipment (PPE):

(1) Incident Energy Analysis.

The incident energy analysis shall determine, and the employer shall document, the incident energyexposure of the worker (in calories per square centimeter). The incident energy exposure level shall bebased on the working distance of the employee’s face and chest areas from a prospective arc source forthe specific task to be performed. Arc-rated clothing and other PPE shall be used by the employeebased on the incident energy exposure associated with the specific task. Recognizing that incidentenergy increases as the distance from the arc flash decreases, additional PPE shall be used for anyparts of the body that are closer than the distance at which the incident energy was determined.

Informational Note: For information on estimating the incident energy, see Annex D . Forinformation on selection of arc-rated clothing and other PPE, see Table H.3(b) in Annex H .

(2) Arc Flash PPE Categories.

The requirements of 130.7(C) (15) and 130.7(C) (16) shall be permitted to be used for the selection anduse of personal and other protective equipment.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Section 130.5(A) correlates with 130.2(B)(3) and restructures this section to align with riskassessment principles used throughout this document. “PPE Categories” was changed to “ArcFlash PPE Categories” to correlate with changes to the tables in 130.7. See FR-110.

ResponseMessage:









Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



76 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



77 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 33-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 130.6(D) ]

(D) Conductive Articles Being Worn.

Conductive articles of jewelry and clothing (such as watchbands, bracelets, rings, key chains, necklaces,metalized aprons, cloth with conductive thread, metal headgear, or metal frame glasses) shall not be wornwithin the restricted approach boundary or where they present an electrical contact hazard with exposedenergized electrical conductors or circuit parts.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee accepts the insertion of the word "boundary" to correlate the wording with theremainder of the document.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 107-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.6(D)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.


78 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



79 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 34-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 130.6(H) ]

(H) Clear Spaces.

Working space in front of electrical equipment required by other codes and standards shall not be usedfor storage. This space shall be kept clear to permit safe operation and maintenance of electricalequipment.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This text clarifies that working space requirements are found in other codes and standards, andthat this space must additionally be kept clear to permit safe operation and maintenance.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 221-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.6(H)]

Public Comment No. 59-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.6(H)]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.


80 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



81 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(A) General.

Employees working in areas where electrical hazards are present shall be provided with, and shall use,protective equipment that is designed and constructed for the specific part of the body to be protected andfor the work to be performed.

Informational Note No. 1: The PPE requirements of 130.7 are intended to protect a person from arcflash and shock hazards. While some situations could result in burns to the skin, even with theprotection selected, burn injury should be reduced and survivable. Due to the explosive effect ofsome arc events, physical trauma injuries could occur. The PPE requirements of 130.7 do notaddress protection against physical trauma other than exposure to the thermal effects of an arcflash.

Informational Note No. 2: It is the collective experience of the Technical Committee on ElectricalSafety in the Workplace that normal operation of enclosed electrical equipment, operating at 600volts or less, that has been properly installed and maintained by qualified persons is not likely toexpose the employee to an electrical hazard.

Informational Note No. 3: When incident energy exceeds 40 cal/cm2 at the working distance,greater emphasis may be necessary with respect to de-energizing before working within the limitedapproach boundary of the exposed electrical conductors or circuit parts when exposed to electricalhazards .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The revised language addresses arc-flash considerations.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.


82 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



83 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(9) Factors in Selection of Protective Clothing.

Clothing and equipment that provide worker protection from shock and arc flash hazards shall be used. Ifarc-rated clothing is required, it shall cover associated parts of the body as well as all flammable apparelwhile allowing movement and visibility.

Clothing and equipment required for the degree of exposure shall be permitted to be worn alone orintegrated with flammable, nonmelting apparel. Garments that are not arc rated shall not be permitted tobe used to increase the arc rating of a garment or of a clothing system.

Informational Note: Protective clothing includes shirts, pants, coveralls, jackets, and parkas wornroutinely by workers who, under normal working conditions, are exposed to momentary electric arcand related thermal hazards. Arc-rated rainwear worn in inclement weather is included in thiscategory of clothing.

(a) Layering. Nonmelting, flammable fiber garments shall be permitted to be used as underlayers inconjunction with arc-rated garments in a layered system . If nonmelting, flammable fiber garmentsare used as underlayers, the system arc rating shall be sufficient to prevent breakopen of theinnermost arc-rated layer at the expected arc exposure incident energy level to prevent ignition offlammable underlayers. Garments that are not arc rated shall not be permitted to be used to increasethe arc rating of a garment or of a clothing system.

Informational Note: A typical layering system might include cotton underwear, a cotton shirtand trouser, and an arc-rated coverall. Specific tasks might call for additional arc-rated layersto achieve the required protection level.

(b) Outer Layers. Garments worn as outer layers over arc-rated clothing, such as jackets or rainwear,shall also be made from arc-rated material.

(c) Underlayers. Meltable fibers such as acetate, nylon, polyester, polypropylene, and spandex shall notbe permitted in fabric underlayers (underwear) next to the skin.

Exception: An incidental amount of elastic used on nonmelting fabric underwear or socks shall bepermitted.

Informational Note No. 1: Arc-rated garments (e.g., shirts, trousers, and coveralls) worn asunderlayers that neither ignite nor melt and drip in the course of an exposure to electric arcand related thermal hazards generally provide a higher system arc rating than nonmelting,flammable fiber underlayers.

Informational Note No. 2: Arc-rated underwear or undergarments used as underlayersgenerally provide a higher system arc rating than nonmelting, flammable fiber underwear orundergarments used as underlayers.

(d) Coverage. Clothing shall cover potentially exposed areas as completely as possible. Shirt andcoverall sleeves shall be fastened at the wrists, shirts shall be tucked into pants, and shirts,coveralls, and jackets shall be closed at the neck.

(e) Fit. Tight-fitting clothing shall be avoided. Loose-fitting clothing provides additional thermal insulationbecause of air spaces. Arc-rated apparel shall fit properly such that it does not interfere with the worktask.

(f) Interference. The garment selected shall result in the least interference with the task but still providethe necessary protection. The work method, location, and task could influence the protectiveequipment selected.




Street Address:

City:


84 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee adds coveralls when specifying fastening at the wrist and being closed at theneck. Shirts are to be tucked into pants. See PI-106.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



85 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(10) Arc Flash Protective Equipment.

(a) Arc Flash Suits. Arc flash suit design shall permit easy and rapid removal by the wearer. The entirearc flash suit, including the hood’s face shield, shall have an arc rating that is suitable for the arcflash exposure. When exterior air is supplied into the hood, the air hoses and pump housing shall beeither covered by arc-rated materials or constructed of nonmelting and nonflammable materials.

(b) Head Protection.

(1) An arc-rated balaclava shall be used with an arc-rated face shield when the back of the head iswithin the arc flash boundary and the anticipated incident energy exposure is greater than 4

cal/cm 2 . An arc-rated hood shall be permitted to be used instead of an arc-rated face shieldand balaclava.

(2) An arc-rated hood shall be used when the anticipated incident energy exposure exceeds 12

cal/cm2.

(c) Face Protection. Face shields shall have an arc rating suitable for the arc flash exposure. Faceshields with a wrap-around guarding to protect the face, chin, forehead, ears, and neck area shall beused. Face shields without an arc rating shall not be used. Eye protection (safety glasses or goggles)shall always be worn under face shields or hoods.

Informational Note: Face shields made with energy-absorbing formulations that can providehigher levels of protection from the radiant energy of an arc flash are available, but theseshields are tinted and can reduce visual acuity and color perception. Additional illumination ofthe task area might be necessary when these types of arc-protective face shields are used.

(d) Hand Protection.

(1) Heavy-duty leather gloves or arc-rated gloves shall be worn where required for arc flashprotection.

Informational Note: Heavy-duty leather gloves are made entirely of leather with minimumthickness of 0.03 in. (0.7 mm), and are unlined or lined with nonflammable, nonmeltingfabrics. Heavy-duty leather gloves meeting this requirement have been shown to have

ATPV values in excess of 10 cal/cm2.

(2) Where insulating rubber gloves are used for shock protection, leather protectors shall be wornover the rubber gloves.

Informational Note: The leather protectors worn over rubber insulating gloves provideadditional arc flash protection for the hands for arc flash protection exposure.

(e) Foot Protection. Heavy-duty leather footwear provide some arc flash protection to the feet and shall

be used in all exposures greater than 4 cal/cm2.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement


86 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

CommitteeStatement:

This change clarifies that a balaclava is only required to be worn when the exposure isgreater than 4 cal/cm2.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

Widup, Ron


Hickman, Palmer L.

We disagree that "this change clarifies that a balaclava is only required to be worn when the exposure is greaterthan 4 cal/cm2." This is not a clarification. This creates an unsubstantiated change and a conflict within Article130. Section 130.7(C)(6) requires all parts of the body to be be protected by arc-rated FR. The entire head is partof the body. In addition, the substantiation for the the public comment, which is the basis for this second revision,incorrectly correlates HRC 1 with an incident energy calculation of 4 calories.

West, Rodney J.

We believe the clarification may conflict with the requirements in Sections 130.7(C)(1) and 130.7(C)(6).

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



87 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(11) Clothing Material Characteristics.

Arc-rated clothing shall meet the requirements described in 130.7(C)(14) and 130.7(C)(12).

Informational Note No. 1: Arc-rated materials, such as flame-retardant-treated cotton, meta-aramid,para-aramid, and poly-benzimidazole (PBI) fibers, provide thermal protection. These materials canignite but will not continue to burn after the ignition source is removed. Arc-rated fabrics can reduceburn injuries during an arc flash exposure by providing a thermal barrier between the arc flash andthe wearer.

Informational Note No. 2: Non–arc-rated cotton, polyester-cotton blends, nylon, nylon-cottonblends, silk, rayon, and wool fabrics are flammable. Fabrics, zipper tapes, and findings made ofthese materials can ignite and continue to burn on the body, resulting in serious burn injuries.

Informational Note No. 3: Rayon is a cellulose-based (wood pulp) synthetic fiber that is a flammablebut nonmelting material.

Clothing consisting of fabrics, zipper tapes, and findings made from flammable synthetic materials thatmelt at temperatures below 315°C (600°F), such as acetate, acrylic, nylon, polyester, polyethylene,polypropylene, and spandex, either alone or in blends, shall not be used.

Informational Note: These materials melt as a result of arc flash exposure conditions, form intimatecontact with the skin, and aggravate the burn injury.

Exception: Fiber blends that contain materials that melt, such as acetate, acrylic, nylon, polyester,polyethylene, polypropylene, and spandex, shall be permitted if such blends in fabrics meet therequirements of ASTM F 1506 F1506 , Standard Performance Specification for Flame Resistant and ArcRated Textile Material Materials for Wearing Apparel for Use by Electrical Workers Exposed toMomentary Electric Arc and Related Thermal Hazards, and if such blends in fabrics do not exhibitevidence of a melting and sticking hazard during arc testing according to ASTM F 1959 F1959/F1959M ,Standard Test Method for Determining the Arc Thermal Performance Value Rating of Materials forClothing. [See also 130.7(C) (12).]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The submitter of PC-40 did not provide supporting data to justify the change. ASTM standardshave been updated to reflect current titles.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned


88 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



89 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(13) Care and Maintenance of Arc-Rated Clothing and Arc-Rated Arc Flash Suits.

(a) Inspection. Arc-rated apparel shall be inspected before each use. Work clothing or arc flash suits thatare contaminated or damaged to the extent that their protective qualities are impaired shall not beused. Protective items that become contaminated with grease, oil, or flammable liquids orcombustible materials shall not be used.

(b) Manufacturer’s Instructions. The garment manufacturer’s instructions for care and maintenance ofarc-rated apparel shall be followed.

(c) Storage. Arc-rated apparel shall be stored in a manner that prevents physical damage; damage frommoisture, dust, or other deteriorating agents; or contamination from flammable or combustiblematerials.

(d) Cleaning, Repairing, and Affixing Items. When arc-rated clothing is cleaned, manufacturer’sinstructions shall be followed to avoid loss of protection. When arc-rated clothing is repaired, thesame arc-rated materials used to manufacture the arc-rated clothing shall be used to provide repairs.When trim, name tags, logos, or any combination thereof, are affixed to arc-rated clothing, guidancein ASTM F 1506, Standard Performance Specification for Textile Material for Wearing Apparel forUse by Electrical Workers Exposed to Momentary Electric Arc and Related Thermal Hazards , shallbe followed. [See Table 130.7(C)(14) .]

Informational Note No. 1: Additional guidance is provided in ASTM F1506, Standard PerformanceSpecification for Flame Resistant and Arc Rated Textile Materials for Wearing Apparel for Use byElectrical Workers Exposed to Momentary Electric Arc and Related Thermal Hazards , when trim,name tags, logos, or any combination thereof are affixed to arc-rated clothing.

Informational Note No. 2: Additional guidance is provided in ASTM F1449, Standard Guide forIndustrial Laundering of Flame, Thermal, and Arc Resistant Clothing, and ASTM F2757, StandardGuide for Home Laundering Care and Maintenance of Flame, Thermal, and Arc Resistant Clothing.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This change relocates and retitles the reference and requirement to ASTM F 1506 to a newInformational Note 1 to be consistent with the NEC Style Manual.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned


90 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Pace, David A.

The change removes any requirements associated with trim, names or logos that may be attached to arc flashPPE. An informational note does not mean that any one will follow the requirements of the referenced standard.This dilutes the effort of providing arc flash PPE that will protect a person.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



91 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(15) Selection of Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) When Required for Various Tasks.


92 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

(A) Alternating Current (ac) Equipment.


93 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

When selected in lieu of the incident energy analysis of 130.5(B)(1), Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) shall beused to identify when arc flash personal protective equipment (PPE) PPE is required. When arc flash PPEis required, Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) shall be used to determine the arc flash PPE category. Theestimated maximum available short-circuit current, maximum fault-clearing times, and minimum workingdistances for various ac equipment types or classifications are listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b). Anincident energy analysis shall be required in accordance with 130.5 for the following:

(1) Tasks not listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a)

(2) Power systems with greater than the estimated maximum available short-circuit current

(3) Power systems with longer than the maximum fault clearing times

(4) Tasks with less than the minimum working distance

Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) Arc-Flash Arc Flash Hazard Identification for Alternating Current (ac) andDirect Current (dc) Systems

Task Equipment Condition* Arc Flash Hazard PPE Required

Perform infraredthermography and othernoncontact inspectionsoutside the restrictedapproach boundary

Any No

Reading a panel meterwhile operating a meterswitch

Any No

Normal operation of acircuit breaker (CB),switch, contactor, orstarter

All of the following:

No

The equipment is properlyinstalled

The equipment is properlymaintained

All equipment doors areclosed and secured

All equipment covers arein place and secured

There is no evidence ofimpending failure

One or more of the following:

Yes

The equipment is notproperly installed

The equipment is notproperly maintained

Equipment doors are openor not secured

Equipment covers are offor not secured

There is evidence ofimpending failure

For ac systems: Work onenergized electricalconductors and circuitparts, including voltagetesting

Any Yes

For dc systems, Work onenergized electricalconductors and circuitparts of series-connected

Any Yes


94 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Note: Hazard identification is one component of risk assessment. Risk assessment involves adetermination of the likelihood of occurrence of an incident, resulting from a hazard that could cause injuryor damage to health. The assessment of the likelihood of occurrence contained in this table does notcover every possible condition or situation. Where this table indicates that arc flash PPE is not required,an arc flash is not likely to occur.

*The phrase properly installed, as used in this table, means that the equipment is installed in accordancewith applicable industry codes and standards and the manufacturer's recommendations. The phraseproperly maintained, as used in this table, means that the equipment has been maintained in accordancewith the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable industry codes and standards. The phraseevidence of impending failure, as used in this table, means that there is evidence of arcing, overheating,loose or bound equipment parts, visible damage, deterioration, or other damage.

Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) Arc-Flash Hazard PPE Categories for Alternating Current (ac) Systems

EquipmentArc Flash PPE

CategoryArc-FlashBoundary

Panelboards or other equipment rated 240 V and below

1

600 485 mm

Parameters: Maximum of 25 kA short-circuit current available;maximum of 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time; workingdistance 455 mm (18 in.)

(2 ft) (19 in.)

Panelboards or other equipment rated > 240 V and up to 600 V

2

900 mm


(3 ft)

600-V class motor control centers (MCCs)

2

1.5 m


(5 ft)

600-V class motor control centers (MCCs)

4

4.3 m


(14 ft)

600-V class switchgear (with power circuit breakers or fusedswitches) and 600 V class switchboards

4

6 m

Parameters: Maximum of 35 kA short-circuit current available;maximum of up to 0.5 sec (30 cycles) fault clearing time;working distance 455 mm (18 in.)

(20 ft)

Other 600-V class (277 V through 600 V, nominal) equipment

2

1.5 m

Parameters: Maximum of 65 kA short circuit current available;maximum of 0.03 sec (2 cycles) fault clearing time; workingdistance 455 mm (18 in.)

(5 ft)

NEMA E2 (fused contactor) motor starters, 2.3 kV through 7.2kV

4

11 12 m

Parameters: Maximum of 35 kA short-circuit current available;maximum of up to 0.24 sec (12 15 cycles) fault clearing time;working distance 910 mm (36 in.)

(36 40 ft)

Metal-clad switchgear, 1 kV through 15 kV

4

11 12 m


(36 40 ft)

Arc-resistant switchgear Type 1 or 2 (for clearing times of < 0.5sec (30 cycles) with a perspective fault current not to exceedthe arc-resistant rating of the equipment), and metal-enclosed

N/A (doors closed) N/A (doors closed)


95 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


CategoryArc-FlashBoundary

interrupter switchgear, fused or unfused of arc-resistant-typeconstruction, tested in accordance with IEEE C37.20.7, 1 kVthrough 15 kV

Parameters: Maximum of 35 kA short-circuit current available;maximum of up to 0.24 sec (12 15 cycles ) fault clearing time;working distance 910 mm (36 in.)

4 (doors open)11 12 m

(36 40 ft)

Metal-enclosed interrupter switchgear, fused or unfused ofarc-resistant-type construction, tested in accordance withIEEE C37.20.7, 1 kV through 15 kV

N/A (doors closed) 11 m

Parameters: Maximum of 35 kA short-circuit current available;maximum of up to 0.2 sec (12 cycles) fault clearing time;working distance 910 mm (36 in.)

4 (doors open) (36 ft)

Other equipment 1 kV through 15 kV

4

11 12 m


(36 40 ft)

Note: For equipment rated 600 volts and below, and protected by upstream current-limiting fuses orcurrent-limiting circuit breakers sized at 200 amperes or less, the arc flash PPE category can be reducedby one number but not below arc flash PPE category 1.


96 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

(B) Direct Current (dc) Equipment.


97 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

When selected in lieu of the incident energy analysis of 130.5(B)(1), Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) shall beused to identify when arc flash PPE is required. When arc flash PPE is required, Table 130.7(C)(15)(B)shall be used to determine the arc flash PPE category. The estimated maximum available short circuitcurrent, maximum arc duration and working distances for dc equipment are listed in 130.7(C)(15)(B). Anincident energy analysis shall be required in accordance with 130.5 for the following:

(1) Tasks not listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(B)(a) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a)

(2) Power systems with greater than the estimated maximum available short circuit current;

(3) Power systems with longer than the maximum arc duration; or fault clearing times

(4) Tasks with less than the minimum working distance.

Informational Note No.1: The arc flash PPE category, work tasks, and protective equipmentprovided in Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a), Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b), and Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) wereidentified and selected, based on the collective experience of the NFPA 70E Technical Committee.The arc flash PPE category of the protective clothing and equipment is generally based ondetermination of the estimated exposure level.

Informational Note No.2: The collective experience of the NFPA 70E Technical Committee is that, inmost cases, closed doors do not provide enough protection to eliminate the need for PPE insituations in which the state of the equipment is known to readily change (e.g., doors open orclosed, rack in or rack out).

Informational Note No.3: The premise used by the NFPA 70E Technical Committee in developingthe criteria discussed in Informational Note No. 1 and Informational Note No. 2 is considered to bereasonable, based on the consensus judgment of the committee.

Table 130.7(C)(15)(B)(a) Arc-Flash Hazard Identification for Direct Current (dc) Systems

Task Equipment Condition* Arc Flash Hazard

Perform infrared thermography andother noncontact inspections

Any No

Reading a panel meter whileoperating a meter switch

Any No

Normal operation of a circuit breaker(CB), switch, battery disconnectswitch, contactor, or starter

Any of the following:

No

· The equipment is properly installed

· The equipment is properly maintained

· All equipment doors are closed andsecured

· All equipment covers are in place andsecured;

· There is no evidence of impendingfailure


Yes

· The equipment is not properly installed

· The equipment is not properlymaintained

properly maintained

· Equipment doors are open or notsecured

· Equipment covers are off or notsecured

· There is evidence of impending failure

Work on energized electricalconductors and circuit parts such asindividual battery containers orseries-connected cells, includingvoltage testing within an enclosure

Any Yes


98 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Task Equipment Condition* Arc Flash Hazard

Note: Hazard identification is one component of risk assessment. Risk assessment involves adetermination of the likelihood of occurrence of an incident, resulting from a hazard that can cause injuryor damage to health. The assessment of the likelihood of occurrence contained in this Table does notcover every possible condition or situation.

*The phrase properly installed , as used in this table, means that the equipment is installed inaccordance with applicable industry codes and standards and the manufacturer's recommendations. Thephrase properly maintained , as used in this table, means that the equipment has been maintained inaccordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable industry codes and standards. Thephrase evidence of impending failure , as used in this table, means that there is evidence of arcing,overheating, loose or bound equipment parts, visible damage, deterioration, or other damage.

Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) Arc-Flash Hazard PPE Categories for Direct Current (dc) Systems


CategoryArc-Flash Boundary

Storage batteries, dc switchboards, and other dcsupply sources

> 100 V < 250 V 100 V > Voltage < 250 V

Parameters:

Voltage: 250 V

Maximum arc duration and working distance: 2 sec@ 455 mm (18 in.)

2kA < short-circuit current < 8 kA short-circuitcurrent <4 kA

1900 mm

(3 ft)

8 kA < short-circuit current < 14 kA 4 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 7 kA

21.2 m

(4 ft)

14 kA < short-circuit current <30 kA 7 kA ≤ short-circuit current <15 kA

31.8 m

(6 ft)

Storage batteries, dc switchboards, and other dcsupply sources

> 250 V <600 V 250 V ≤ Voltage ≤ 600 V

Parameters:

Voltage: 600 V

Maximum arc duration and working distance: 2 sec@ 455 mm (18 in.)

2kA < short-circuit current < 3 kA short-circuitcurrent 1.5 kA

1900 mm

(3 ft)

3 kA < short-circuit current < 6 kA 1.5 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 3 kA

21.2 m

(4 ft)

6 kA < short-circuit current < 14 kA 3 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 7 kA

31.8 m

(6 ft.)

14 kA < Short-Circuit Current <20 kA 7 kA ≤ short-circuit current < 10 kA

42.5 m

(8 ft)

Note: Apparel that can be expected to be exposed to electrolyte must meet both of the followingconditions:

(1) Be evaluated for electrolyte protection in accordance with ASTM F 1296 F1296 , Standard Guide forEvaluating Chemical Protective Clothing; and

(2) Be arc-rated in accordance with ASTM F 1891 F1891 , Standard Specification for Arc Rated andFlame Resistant Rainwear, or equivalent.


99 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Informational Note No.1: : “Short-circuit current,” as used in this table, is determined from the dcpower system maximum available short-circuit, including the effects of cables and any otherimpedances in the circuit. Power system modeling is the best method to determine the availableshort-circuit current at the point of the arc. Battery cell short-circuit current can be obtained from thebattery manufacturer. See Informative Annex D.5 for the basis for table values and alternativemethods to determine dc incident energy. Other methods Methods should be used with goodengineering judgment.

Informational Note No.2: The methods for estimating the dc arc flash incident energy that wereused to determine the categories for this table are based on open-air incident energy calculations. Open-air calculations were used because many battery systems and other dc process systems arein open areas or rooms. If the specific task is within in an enclosure, it would be prudent toconsider additional PPE protection beyond the value shown in this table. Research with ac arcflash has shown a multiplier of as much as 3x for arc-in-a-box (508 mm [20 in.] cube) [508 mm (20in.) cube] versus open air. Engineering judgment is required when reviewing the specificconditions of the equipment and task to be performed, including the dimensions of the enclosureand the working distance involved.



SR45C_include.docx Replace table with the table in this include file




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) is combined with Table 130.7(C)(15)(B)(a), to simplify use of the documentby eliminating redundant information. Combining the arc resistant sections will simplify the Tables byeliminating redundant information. The term “Hazard” is deleted from the table titles for clarity. Thephrase “Arc Flash Hazard” is modified for clarity to “Arc Flash PPE Required”. An additional sentenceis added to the table notes to clarify that where the table indicates that arc flash PPE is not requiredbecause an arc flash is not likely to occur under those circumstances. The first revision of the tablereduced the voltage levels from 38 kV to 15 kV, the values in this table have been adjustedaccordingly. The opening of hinged covers has been revised to require arc flash PPE in all cases tocorrelate with existing 2012 requirements. The use of the phrase “maximum arc duration” is notreplaced in the dc table with the phrase “maximum fault clearing times.” The phrase “maximum arcduration” is appropriate in the dc table because it includes operating times for both overcurrentdevices and limited capacity sources such as batteries. The task for thermography is relocated afterthe tasks for opening covers. This helps to clarify that the opening of doors or covers to performthermography, requires arc flash PPE. An additional sentence in the thermography has been addedfor clarity.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 70-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.7(C)(15)(B)]


Public Comment No. 98-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. 130.7(C)(15)(A)]





100 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) Arc-Flash Hazard Identification for Alternating Current (ac) and Direct

Current (dc) Systems

Task Equipment Condition*

Arc Flash PPE

Required

Hazard Perform infrared thermography and other

non-contact inspections outside the

restricted approach boundary Any No

Reading a panel meter while

operating a meter switch Any No

Normal operation of a circuit

breaker (CB), switch, contactor,

or starter


The equipment is properly installed

The equipment is properly maintained

All equipment doors are closed and secured

All equipment covers are in place and secured

There is no evidence of impending failure

No


The equipment is not properly installed

The equipment is not properly maintained properly

maintained

Equipment doors are open or not secured

Equipment covers are off or not secured

There is evidence of impending failure

Yes

For ac systems: Work on

energized electrical conductors

and circuit parts, including

voltage testing.

Any Yes

For dc systems: Work on


and circuit parts of series-

connected cells, including

voltage testing.

Any Yes

Voltage testing on individual

battery cells or individual multi-

cell units




Covers for all other equipment are in place and secured


No



The equipment is not properly maintained




Yes

Removal or installation of CBs or

switches

Any Yes

Removal or installation of covers

for equipment such as wireways,

junction boxes and cable trays

that does not expose bare,


and circuit parts





No





Yes

Removal of bolted covers (to

expose bare, energized

electrical conductors and circuit

parts) For dc systems, this

includes bolted covers, such as

battery terminal covers

Any Yes

Removal of battery intercell

connector covers




Covers for all other equipment are in place and secured


No







Yes

Opening hinged door(s) or

cover(s) (to expose bare


and circuit parts)

Any Yes

Opening hinged door(s) or

cover(s) (to expose bare


and circuit parts)


The equipment is properly installed;

The equipment is properly maintained;

All other equipment covers are in place and secured; and

There is no evidence of impending failure.

No


The equipment is not properly installed;

The equipment is not properly maintained;

Other equipment covers are off or not secured; or

There is evidence of impending failure.

Yes

Perform infrared thermography

and other non-contact inspections

outside the restricted approach

boundary. This activity does not

include opening of doors or

covers.

Any No

Any activity in which the

restricted approach boundary

is crossed

Any Yes

Application of temporary

protective grounding equipment,

after voltage test

Any Yes

Work on control circuits with

exposed energized electrical

conductors and circuit parts, 120

volts or below without any other

exposed energized equipment

over 120 volts including opening

of hinged covers to gain access

Any No

Work on control circuits with

exposed energized electrical

conductors and circuit parts,

greater than 120 volts

Any Yes

Insertion or removal of individual

starter buckets from motor control

center (MCC)

Any Yes

Insertion or removal (racking) of

CBs or starters from cubicles,

doors open or closed

Any Yes

Insertion or removal of plug-in

devices into or from busways

Any Yes

Insulated cable examination with

no manipulation of cable

Any No

Insulated cable examination with

manipulation of cable

Any Yes

Work on exposed energized

electrical conductors and circuit

parts of equipment directly

supplied by a panelboard or motor

control center

Any Yes

Insertion and removal of revenue

meters (kW-hour, at primary

voltage and current)

Any Yes

For dc systems, insertion or removal of individual cells or multi-cell units of a battery system in an enclosure

Any Yes

For dc systems, insertion or removal of individual cells or multi-cell units of a battery system in an open rack

Any No

For dc systems, maintenance on a single cell of a battery system or multi-cell units in an open rack

Any No

For dc systems: Work on exposed


and circuit parts of in (dc)

utilization equipment directly

supplied by a panelboard or dc

switchgear dc source

Any Yes

Insertion or removal (racking) of

starters from cubicles

of arc-resistant construction,

tested in accordance with

IEEE C37.20.7


The equipment is properly installed;

The equipment is properly maintained;

All equipment doors are closed and secured;

All equipment covers are in place and secured; and

There is no evidence of impending failure.

No


The equipment is not properly installed;

The equipment is not properly maintained;

Equipment doors are open or not secured;

Equipment covers are off or not secured; or

There is evidence of impending failure.

Yes

Arc-resistant switchgear Type 1

or 2 (for clearing times of <0.5

sec with a prospective fault

current not to exceed the arc-

resistant rating of the equipment)

and metal enclosed interrupter

switchgear, fused or unfused of

arc resistant type construction,

tested in accordance with IEEE

C37.20.7:

Insertion or removal (racking)

of CBs from cubicles;


of ground and test device; or


of voltage transformers on or

off the bus




All equipment doors are closed and secured

All equipment covers are in place and secured


No







Yes

Opening voltage transformer or

control power transformer

compartments

Any Yes

Outdoor disconnect switch

operation (hookstick operated) at

1 kV through 15 kV

Any Yes

Outdoor disconnect switch

operation (gang-operated, from

grade) at 1 kV through 15 kV

Any Yes

Note: Hazard identification is one component of risk assessment. Risk assessment involves a determination of the likelihood of

occurrence of an incident, resulting from a hazard, which could cause injury or damage to health. The assessment of the likelihood of

occurrence contained in this Table does not cover every possible condition or situation. Where this table indicates that arc flash PPE is

not required, an arc flash is not likely to occur.

* The phrase "properly installed" as used in this table, means that the equipment is installed in accordance with applicable industry

codes and standards and the manufacturer's recommendations. The phrase "properly maintained" as used in this table, means that the

equipment has been maintained in accordance with the manufacturer's recommendations and applicable industry codes and standards.

The phrase "evidence of impending failure" as used in this table, means that there is evidence such as arcing, overheating, loose or

bound equipment parts, visible damage, or deterioration.





Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

15 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark



Tobias, John M.

Widup, Ron


Eblen, Marcia L.

The changes to the table made in this revision indicate that NO arc flash PPE is required for some activities(specifically operating equipment that has been properly installed and maintained). While the arc flash risk is lowin this condition, it is not zero or gone. This in combination with the elimination of HRC 0 (PPE 0), will likely resultin people wearing any clothing they choose. While section 130.7(C)(12) prohibits melting fabrics, the new tablesdo not specifically state that this section applies in all situations, even when the table indicates NO arc flash PPErequired. This could be easily remedied by adding a note at the bottom of the table to all the ?NO? entries thatcould say: Note: NO arc flash PPE required means that an arc flash is an extremely low probability so that PPErated for the worst case accident is not required. However, there is always a very low chance that equipment couldfail or miss-operate and create an arc flash. Therefore, it IS recommended that non-flammable minimum arc ratedFR clothing be worn for all electrical work activities. While this would not necessarily prevent all injuries, in theextremely unlikely situation of unforeseen equipment malfunction, at least we could be assured that the clothingwould not add to the extent of the injuries.

Hale, Lee R.

The tables have a much cleaner and simplified look. The Arc Flash PPE Required header coupled with the"properly installed and maintained.."" section could be interperated two ways. However 130.2 (A) (4) passedthrough the FR stage without an attendent PC submitted so the tables do match to 130.2(A)(4). The metal cladswitchgear section had it's upper Kv value reduced from 38Kv to 15Kv which is safer for the worker. On balance,simplier and cleaner, there may need to be some revisions in 2018. Only time will tell. Daryld Ray Crow, alternateto AA, has requested his negative comments be recorded. It is not correct to state no arc flash PPE required wheninteracting with equipment that is properly installed, properly maintained, etc. Reasons that the statement that no


101 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

arc flash PPE required if the equipment is properly installed, properly maintained, etc. is not correct are listedbelow: 1. To indicate NO (zero) risk, when there is low risk or even extremely low risk, is simply inaccurate anddangerous to the employee. If this wording exists in 70E then the recommendation in NFPA 70E is to ignore allrisk if the equipment is properly installed, properly maintained, etc. There are those who will read and take thetable at face value, and its accuracy must be relied upon. 2. Low probability/high risk situations produce the sameinjuries as high probability/high risk situations if the risk has not been mitigated and the event happens. If an arcflash does occur this will provide a high risk of injury to the person interacting with the equipment. It is not correctto state that no arc flash PPE is required when one interacts with energized equipment operating at 480 volts andabove. Arc flash PPE protection should be used to mitigate or at least minimize the risk. 3. We all know arcflashes are not caused by improper installations and lack of or improper maintenance alone. Unfortunately, thingsoutside of the worker's control can also cause arc flashes and accidents and these issues require the need forminimal PPE above 1.2 cal/cm2. 4. How can a worker determine the equipment is properly installed? Justbecause it has been in service for 20 years does not guarantee that it was installed properly. 5. How can a workerknow the equipment is properly maintained? Even if records or labels indicate recommended maintenance wasdone, this does not assure it was done properly. 6. This statement in SR-45 also does not take into account thepossibility of human error in the installation, inspection and maintenance of electrical installations. Daryld RayCrow DRC Consulting, Ltd 336 36th Street #389 Bellingham, WA 98225 Office Phone: 360-671-5338 Cell Phone:704-564-4230 Email: [email protected]

West, Rodney J.

The new table format provides additional clarity and gives guidance to users of the document. While the lists oftasks that do not require arc flash PPE remained the same, the new format clarifies that arc flash PPE is requiredfor those same tasks when electrical equipment is not properly installed or maintained, when equipment doors orcovers are off or open, or when there is evidence of impending failure.


Drobnick, Drake A.

By re-titling the Table column header to PPE Required Y/N (PC-146) the Committee has created language thatcan easily be misconstrued. The column provides a list of tasks that the Committee believes could create an arcflash hazard. Tasks marked yes (Y) require employee interaction, meaning they could create an initiating event.The column should more appropriately be titled "Likelihood of an Arc Flash Hazard Occurring." Another concern isthe elimination of HRC 0. Previously the standard provided guidance for PPE when task exposures were at lessthan 1.2 calories. The new Tables provide no such guidance. As an example according to the new Tables, thenormal operation of a 480 volt safety switch within a 36? arc flash boundary does not require PPE and does notdisallow the employee from wearing a polyester tank top and shorts while performing this operation.

Hayes, James B.

the old document was better , and the Term (properly installed equipment ) is nebulus , and we should not sub forPPE , and there are other parts that are made i think un - clear I think we are going the wrong way with this SR.

Mohla, Daleep C.

The second revision SR 45 has some serious defects. These defects are so fundamental that an application ofthe provisions is likely to expose users to a greater risk than before. The fundamental defects in the table are:Conditions described in table 130.7(C) (15) (a) under which no arc flash PPE is required.i.e equipment is properlyinstalled and maintained etc. It is indefensible and incorrect to state that no arc flash PPE is required underdescribed conditions if equipment is energized. This can only be true if the equipment has been tested towithstand arcing fault conditions. Equipment not tested as Arc Resistant equipment is only tested for bolted faults.Informational Note 3 in 70E-2012 describes why bolted faults and arcing fault are entirely two differentphenomena. “The occurrence of an arcing fault inside an enclosure produces a variety of physical phenomenavery different from a bolted fault. For example, the arc energy resulting from an arc developed in the air will causea sudden pressure increase and localized overheating.” 70E is permitting operation of non-arc resistant equipmentwith no arc flash PPE. Utilizing these conditions is not limited to any parameters of available short circuit currentand overcurrent device clearing time. Following this table, there is no requirement for Arc Flash PPE”, indoor oroutdoor non arc resistant equipment, when operating a circuit breaker, switch, contactor, or starter up to 38 kV and63,000 Amperes short circuit under the described conditions. Do we really want to find out equipment was notproperly installed or maintained after an arc flash incident? Conditions under which an arc flash hazard exists andto be mitigated by use of PPE in table 130.7(15) (b) i.e. if equipment is not properly installed or maintained etc.Table 130.7 (15) ((b) can only be used if maximum short circuit current and fault clearing times are known. Theterm equipment includes Overcurrent devices. Overcurrent device clearing time is dependent on maintenance ofthe equipment. Improper or inadequate maintenance can result in increased in opening time of overcurrentprotective device thus increasing the incident energy it is infeasible to determine fault clearing time if equipmenthas not been properly maintained rendering the use of table totally useless for conditions for the equipment thathas not been properly maintained. PPE for equipment not properly maintained cannot be selected from this table.


102 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Deletion of PPE 0 ( previously HRC 0) PPE Category 0 (previously HRC 0) has been deleted for all activities.HRC 0 as a minimum was required for all activities in the table. Now statement” No arc flash PPE required” willencourage operation of equipment in any clothing even in clothing made of materials such as flammable syntheticmaterials instead of non-melting fabrics required by HRC 0. HRC 0 required as a minimum Eye protection (safetyglasses or safety goggles,) hearing protection (ear canal inserts) and heavy duty leather gloves for handprotection. Safety goggles or glasses, hearing protection and heavy duty leather gloves specified in HRC 0 will nolonger be worn when people see certain operations do not require arc flash PPE. Hand injuries are most commondue to the close proximity to the task. Previously, this protection from arc flash was provided by Heavy duty leathergloves even for HRC 0 According to 70E-2012, 130.7 (10)(d) (1) Informational Note Heavy duty leather gloveshave been shown to the have ATPV values in excess of 10 cal/cm2 These tables will reduce the maintenance ofthe equipment. .The 70E now provides an option to mitigate arc flash hazard by using PPE in Table 130.7(15)(b)even if equipment has not been properly installed or maintained .This is wrong message to send that arc flashPPE is a substitute for proper maintenance. Proper maintenance of equipment is essential The table 130.7 (15)(a) permits normal operation of a circuit breaker, switch, contactor, or a starter is permitted without arc flash PPE.From experience, we all know, that most arc flash incidents occur during interaction with the equipment i.e.opening or closing operation • The equipment is properly installed: How can a worker determine this? Justbecause it has been in service for 20 years does not guarantee that it was installed properly • The equipment isproperly maintained: How can a worker know this? Even if records or labels indicate recommended maintenancewas done, this does not assure it was done properly. Maintenance normally is done at a frequency of one to fiveyears depending on the equipment. How do we assure that equipment condition has not deteriorated to an unsafelevel since the last maintenance? • All equipment doors are closed and secured: A worker may be able to assessthis by visual inspection • All equipment covers are in place and secured: A worker may be able to assess this byvisual inspection • There is no evidence of impending failure: How can a worker assess this without opening doorsor covers? If we could assess likelihood of impending failure by external inspection, infrared inspection and otherdiagnostic testing would not be necessary. The criteria listed in SR 45 suggest that risk of injury is determined bythe equipment condition. There are two major reasons for disagreement with this rationale One: The arc flashhazard should be established by whether or not there is energy inside the equipment. If there is zero electricalenergy inside the equipment, then No PPE would be a correct statement, however if there is electrical energyinside the equipment, then the PPE requirement should be based on the incident energy analysis and anassessment of the capability of the specific equipment to prevent or limit a worker’s exposure to that energy. Two:The criteria listed in SR 45 ignore the possibility of human error in the installation, inspection and maintenance ofelectrical installations. Down playing this highly likely possibility by using the terms “proper installation” and“proper maintenance” as the default condition for establishing the need for PPE is counter to sound safetymanagement practices. There is also possibility of human error on the part of the worker performing the task athand and potentially at risk for serious injury – will the worker follow the plan?, is it possible the worker maydeviate from the plan? Is it possible the worker may make an error in equipment identification and be working inthe wrong place/ etc., etc. If there is energy inside the equipment, a proper risk assessment may show there isresidual risk, even if proper installation, proper maintenance, and enclosure integrity are verified. In my opinion, itis incorrect and inappropriate, and in some circles could be considered professionally unethical, to state “No PPERequired” without performing a hazard and risk assessment for the specific task and conditions current at thattime.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

I do not agree with the following: Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) section states ?Task - Normal operation of a circuitbreaker (CB), switch, contactor, or starter?, and where it goes on to state that ?Equipment Condition - All of thefollowing: 1)The equipment is properly installed; 2)The equipment is properly maintained; 3)All equipment doorsare closed and secured; 4)All equipment covers are in place and secured; and 5)There is no evidence ofimpending failure?. Where it then states: ?Arc Flash PPE Required ? No? This is not true, there will never be acase when there is a 100% guarantee that an arc flash will not occur, that may even blow the equipmentenclosure door open or the cover off. Granted the risk is very low but not zero as implied here. The substantiationdoes not provide proof that the risk is zero and that no arc flash PPE is required for this task. This comment alsoapplies to FR-68.

Pace, David A.

This concept in Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) should have been rejected at the First Daft meeting. The continued effortto water down the arc flash requirements contained in this document is evident by acceptance of this concept.Even listed equipment, installed per the NEC and properly maintained fails. Numerous cases can be provided toshow evidence that, at a certain level of arc flash incident energy, the equipment will not contain an arcing faultunless it has been designed and tested to contain it. There is no one who can walk up to piece of electricalequipment and determine whether it is listed, installed correctly, or properly maintained. There are just too manyfactors to consider in addition to those listed here, age of the equipment for example. Unless the equipment is putinto an electrically safe work condition, electrical hazards exist and protection from those hazards is required.While in some cases a site may establish a policy that does not require PPE under conditions of extremely low


103 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

risk, they are doing that with full knowledge that the risk, or likelihood of an event occurring is not zero, it is neverzero as long as the equipment is energized. The titles at the top of the table should not say arc flash PPErequired, yes or no, it should say high or low risk and the site has to then decide if they are going to require PPEto be worn. We cannot provide guidance from this document that says definitively, in all cases, without exception,that an individual will be safe without PPE even if the equipment is energized. That is a hazard/risk/likelihoodevaluation that must be made, which is also a requirement of this document. Improvements have been made inthe table, clearly, but this is not one of them. I am opposed to saying no PPE is required if the equipment isenergized and the hazards are present. The text should be returned to the 2012 edition of 70E.

Stallcup, James G.

It has been our experience that well maintained equipment can sometimes fail and create an electrical arc.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



104 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM



105 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

(16) Protective Clothing and Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) .


106 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Once the arc flash PPE category has been identified from Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b), or Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) , Table 130.7(C)(16) shall be used to determine the required PPE for the task. Table 130.7(C)(16)lists the requirements for PPE based on arc flash PPE categories1 through 4. This clothing andequipment shall be used when working within the arc flash boundary.

Informational Note No. 1: See Informative Annex H for a suggested simplified approach to ensureadequate PPE for electrical workers within facilities with large and diverse electrical systems.

Informational Note No. 2: The PPE requirements of this section are intended to protect a personfrom arc flash hazards. While some situations could result in burns to the skin, even with theprotection described in Table 130.7(C)(16), burn injury should be reduced and survivable. Due tothe explosive effect of some arc events, physical trauma injuries could occur. The PPErequirements of this section do not address protection against physical trauma other than exposureto the thermal effects of an arc flash.

Informational Note No. 3: The arc rating for a particular clothing system can be obtained from thearc-rated clothing manufacturer.

Table 130.7(C)(16) Personal Protective Equipment (PPE)

PPECategory

PPE

1

Arc-Rated Clothing, Minimum Arc Rating of 4 cal/cm2 (see Note 1)

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt and pants or arc-rated coverall

Arc-rated face shield (see Note 2)or arc flash suit hood

Arc-rated jacket, parka, rainwear, or hard hat liner (AN)

Protective Equipment

Hard hat

Safety glasses or safety goggles (SR)

Hearing protection (ear canal inserts)

Heavy duty leather gloves (See Note 3)

Leather footwear (AN)

2

Arc-Rated Clothing, Minimum Arc Rating of 8 cal/cm2 (see Note 1)

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt and pants or arc-rated coverall

Arc-rated flash suit hood or arc-rated face shield (see Note 2) and arc-rated balaclava

Arc-rated jacket, parka, rainwear, or hard hat liner (AN)

Protective Equipment

Hard hat


Hearing protection (ear canal inserts)

Heavy duty leather gloves (see Note 3)

Leather footwear

3

Arc-Rated Clothing Selected so That the System Arc Rating Meets the Required

Minimum Arc Rating of 25 cal/cm2(see Note 1)

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt (AR)

Arc-rated pants (AR)

Arc-rated coverall (AR)

Arc-rated arc flash suit jacket (AR)

Arc-rated arc flash suit pants (AR)

Arc-rated arc flash suit hood


107 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Notes:

AN: as needed (optional). AR: as required. SR: selection required.

(1) Arc rating is defined in Article 100.

(2) Face shields are to have wrap-around guarding to protect not only the face but also the forehead,ears, and neck, or, alternatively, an arc-rated arc flash suit hood is required to be worn.

(3) If rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors are used, additional leather or arc-rated gloves arenot required. The combination of rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors satisfies the arc flashprotection requirement.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Aug 06 11:37:08 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Editorial changes were made for document consistency with the changes made in SR-45.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

20 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


108 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM



Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.

The deletion of PPE Category 0 is problematic. We've "lost" the 100% cotton and heavy duty leather glovescomponent of PPE 0 and those requirements. With the new tables concept I can't see how to put this back in130.7(C)(16)without a conflict to the rest of the standard. This needs to be addressed as a PI for 2018.


Eblen, Marcia L.

Eliminating a specific definition of minimum clothing requirements below PPE 1 (HRC 1), without specificreference to 130.7 (C)(12) will likely result in workers wearing melting and prohibited fabrics. Additionally, with theremoval of PPE 0, other PPE is also not specifically shown as required e.g. hard hat and safety glasses.

Mohla, Daleep C.

PPE Category 0 (previously HRC 0) has been deleted for all activities. HRC 0 as a minimum was required for allactivities in the table. Now statement? No arc flash PPE required? will encourage operation of equipment in anyclothing even in clothing made of materials such as flammable synthetic materials instead of non-melting fabricsrequired by HRC 0. HRC 0 required as a minimum Eye protection (safety glasses or safety goggles,) hearingprotection (ear canal inserts) and heavy duty leather gloves for hand protection. Safety goggles or glasses,hearing protection and heavy duty leather gloves specified in HRC 0 will no longer be worn when people seecertain operations do not require arc flash PPE. Hand injuries are most common due to the close proximity to thetask. Previously, this protection from arc flash was provided by Heavy duty leather gloves even for HRC 0According to 70E-2012, 130.7 (10)(d) (1) Informational Note Heavy duty leather gloves have been shown to thehave ATPV values in excess of 10 cal/cm2

Stallcup, James G.

I believe a Hazard/Risk Category 0 should be retained to provide a minimum risk category because facilities havetheir electrical safety program based on minimum requirements.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



109 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


130.8 Work Within the Limited Approach Boundary or Arc Flash Boundary of Uninsulated OverheadLines.

(A) Uninsulated and Energized.

Where work is performed in locations containing uninsulated energized overhead lines that are notguarded or isolated, precautions shall be taken to prevent employees from contacting such lines directlywith any unguarded parts of their body or indirectly through conductive materials, tools, or equipment.Where the work to be performed is such that contact with uninsulated energized overhead lines ispossible, the lines shall be de-energized and visibly grounded at the point of work or suitably guarded.

(B) Determination of Insulation Rating.

A qualified person shall determine if the overhead electrical lines are insulated for the lines' operatingvoltage.

(C) De-energizing or Guarding.

If the lines are to be de-energized, arrangements shall be made with the person or organization thatoperates or controls the lines to de-energize them and visibly ground them at the point of work. Ifarrangements are made to use protective measures, such as guarding, isolating, or insulation, theseprecautions shall prevent each employee from contacting such lines directly with any part of his or herbody or indirectly through conductive materials, tools, or equipment.

(D) Employer and Employee Responsibility.

The employer and employee shall be responsible for ensuring that guards or protective measures aresatisfactory for the conditions. Employees shall comply with established work methods and the use ofprotective equipment.

(E) Approach Distances for Unqualified Persons.

When unqualified persons are working on the ground or in an elevated position near overhead lines, thelocation shall be such that the employee and the longest conductive object the employee might contact donot come closer to any unguarded, energized overhead power line than the limited approach boundary inTable 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) , column 2 or Table 130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) , column 2.

Informational Note: Objects that are not insulated for the voltage involved should be considered tobe conductive.

(F) Vehicular and Mechanical Equipment.

(1) Elevated Equipment.

Where any vehicle or mechanical equipment structure will be elevated near energized overhead lines, itshall be operated so that the limited approach boundary distance of Table 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) ,column 2 or Table 130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) , column 2, is maintained. However, under any of thefollowing conditions, the clearances shall be permitted to be reduced:

(1) If the vehicle is in transit with its structure lowered, the limited approach boundary to overhead linesin Table 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) , column 2 or Table 130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) , column 2,shall be permitted to be reduced by 1.83 m (6 ft). If insulated barriers, rated for the voltages involved,are installed and they are not part of an attachment to the vehicle, the clearance shall be permitted tobe reduced to the design working dimensions of the insulating barrier.

(2) If the equipment is an aerial lift insulated for the voltage involved, and if the work is performed by aqualified person, the clearance (between the uninsulated portion of the aerial lift and the power line)shall be permitted to be reduced to the restricted approach boundary given in Table 130.4(C)(a) Table 130.4(D)(a) , column 4 or Table 130.4(C)(b) Table 130.4(D)(b) , column 4.

(2) Equipment Contact.

Employees standing on the ground shall not contact the vehicle or mechanical equipment or any of itsattachments, unless either of the following conditions apply:

(1) The employee is using protective equipment rated for the voltage.

(2) The equipment is located so that no uninsulated part of its structure (that portion of the structure thatprovides a conductive path to employees on the ground) can come closer to the line than permittedin 130.8(F)(1).


110 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

(3) Equipment Grounding.

If any vehicle or mechanical equipment capable of having parts of its structure elevated near energizedoverhead lines is intentionally grounded, employees working on the ground near the point of groundingshall not stand at the grounding location whenever there is a possibility of overhead line contact.Additional precautions, such as the use of barricades, dielectric overshoe footwear, or insulation, shall betaken to protect employees from hazardous ground potentials (step and touch potential).

Informational Note: Upon contact of the elevated structure with the energized lines, hazardousground potentials can develop within a few feet or more outward from the grounded point.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: See PI-239. This revision is made to correct an error that was identified as errata.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


111 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



112 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


130.9 Underground Electrical Lines and Equipment.

Before excavation starts where there exists a reasonable possibility of contacting electrical lines orequipment, the employer shall take the necessary steps to contact the appropriate owners or authorities toidentify and mark the location of the electrical lines or equipment. When it has been determined that a riskofcontacting reasonable possibility of contacting electrical lines or equipment exists, appropriate safework practices and personal protective equipment (PPE) PPE shall be used during the excavation.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This change is consistent with the use of terminology in the document.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John



113 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



114 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


130.10 Cutting or Drilling.

Before cutting or drilling into equipment, floors, walls or structural elements where a risk likelihood ofcontacting energized electrical lines or parts exists, the employer shall perform a risk assessment to:

(1) identify Identify and mark the location of conductors, cables, raceways, or equipment;

(2) create Create an electrically safe work condition; and

(3) identify Identify safe work practices and personal protective equipment PPE to be used




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This change will result in consistent terminology throughout the document.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.


115 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



116 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


200.1 Scope.

Chapter 2 addresses the requirements that follow.

(1) Chapter 2 covers practical safety-related maintenance requirements for electrical equipment andinstallations in workplaces as included in 90.2. These requirements identify only that maintenancedirectly associated with employee safety.

(2) Chapter 2 does not prescribe specific maintenance methods or testing procedures. It is left to theemployer to choose from the various maintenance methods available to satisfy the requirements ofChapter 2.

Informational Note: Common industry practice is to apply local indication as to the date andoverall condition of specific devices that have been tested and maintained in the field. Thelocal indication provides the employee immediate indication of last maintenance date and ifthe tested device or system was found acceptable on the date of test. This local informationcan assist the employee in the assessment of overall electrical equipment maintenancestatus.

(3) For the purpose of Chapter 2, maintenance shall be defined as preserving or restoring the conditionof electrical equipment and installations, or parts of either, for the safety of employees who workwhere exposed to electrical hazards. Repair or replacement of individual portions or parts ofequipment shall be permitted without requiring modification or replacement of other portions or partsthat are in a safe condition.

Informational Note: Refer to NFPA 70B, Recommended Practice for Electrical EquipmentMaintenance; , and ANSI/NETA MTS-2007 , Standard for Maintenance Testing Specifications forElectrical Power Distribution Equipment and Systems, ; and IEEE Std 3007.2, -2010 IEEERecommended Practice for the Maintenance of Industrial and Commercial Power Systems, forguidance on maintenance frequency, methods, and tests.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Wed Jul 03 12:34:26 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This Informational Note is relocated from 200.1 to 205.3. See FR 154.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



117 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



118 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


205.3 General Maintenance Requirements.

Electrical equipment shall be maintained in accordance with manufacturers' instructions or industryconsensus standards to reduce the risk associated with failure. The equipment owner or the owner’sdesignated representative shall be responsible for maintenance of the electrical equipment anddocumentation.

Informational Note: Common industry practice is to apply test or calibration decals to equipmentto indicate the test or calibration date and overall condition of equipment that has been tested andmaintained in the field. These decals provide the employee immediate indication of lastmaintenance date and if the tested device or system was found acceptable on the date of test.This local information can assist the employee in the assessment of overall electrical equipmentmaintenance status.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The phrase "the owner's designated representative" was added to this section to be consistentwith similar applications in other NFPA documents such as NFPA 72.This Informational Note isrelocated from 200.1. See FR 154. The Informational note has been modified to correlateterminology with NFPA 70B-2013 section 11.27.

ResponseMessage:



Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.


119 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



120 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


210.5 Protective Devices.

Protective devices shall be maintained to adequately withstand or interrupt available fault current.

Informational Note: Improper or inadequate maintenance can result in increased opening time ofthe overcurrent protective device, thus increasing the incident energy.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This action is consistent with the action in FR-163.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John



121 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.

OSHA policy requires me to abstain from all ballots on technical issues. Note that the SR does not appear toindicate any change to this section.


122 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(1) Arc Flash Hazard Analysis Procedure Risk Assessment .

Each task performed in the electrolytic cell line working zone shall be analyzed for the likelihood of arcflash injury. If there is a likelihood of personal injury, appropriate measures shall be taken to protectpersons exposed to the arc flash hazards, including one or more of the following:

(1) Providing appropriate personal protective equipment PPE [see 310.5(D)(2)] to prevent injury from thearc flash hazard.

(2) Altering work procedures to reduce the likelihood of occurrence of an arc flash incident.

(3) Scheduling the task so that work can be performed when the cell line is de-energized.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This actions correlates with other actions taken throughout the document.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.


123 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



124 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(1) Battery Risk Assessment.

Prior to any work on a battery system, a risk assessment shall be performed to determine identify thechemical, electrical shock , and arc flash hazards and assess the risks associated with the type oftask tasks to be performed.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This Second Revision will provide consistency with the rest of the document and riskassessment principles.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


125 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



126 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(4) Abnormal Battery Conditions.

Instrumentation that provides alarms for early warning of abnormal conditions of battery operation, ifpresent, shall be tested annually.

Informational Note: Battery monitoring systems typically include alarms for such conditions asovervoltage, undervoltage, overcurrent, ground fault, and overtemperature. The type of conditionsmonitored will vary depending upon the battery technology. One source of guidance on monitoringbattery systems is IEEE 1491, Guide for the Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment inStationary Applications.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: This Second Revision corrects an editorial error in the title of the referenced guide.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.


127 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



128 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(5) Warning Signs.

The following warning signs or labels shall be posted in appropriate locations:

(1) Electrical hazard warnings indicating the shock hazard due to the battery voltage and the arc flashand thermal hazards hazard due to the prospective short-circuit current, and the thermal hazard.

Informational Note No.1: Because internal resistance, prospective short-circuit current, or bothare not always provided on battery container labels or data sheets, and because manyvariables can be introduced into a battery layout, the battery manufacturer should beconsulted for accurate data. Variables can include, but are not limited to, the following:

(1) Series connections

(2) Parallel connections

(3) Charging methodology

(4) Temperature

(5) Charge status

(6) dc Dc distribution cable size and length

Informational Note No. 2: See 130.5(C) 130.5(D) for requirements for equipment labeling.

(2) Chemical hazard warnings, applicable to the worst case when multiple battery types are installed inthe same space, indicating the following:

a. Potential presence of explosive gas (when applicable to the battery type)

b. Prohibition of open flame and smoking

c. Danger of chemical burns from the electrolyte (when applicable to the battery type)

(3) Notice for personnel to use and wear protective equipment and apparel appropriate to the hazard forthe battery

(4) Notice prohibiting access to unauthorized personnel




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The revised wording will clarify that arc flash hazard is based on prospective short circuitcurrent.

Response Message:


Ballot Results



129 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



130 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


(1) Battery Activities That Include Handling of Liquid Electrolyte.

The following protective equipment shall be available to employees performing any type of service on abattery with liquid electrolyte:

(1) Goggles or and face shield appropriate for the electrical hazard and the chemical hazard

(2) Gloves and aprons appropriate for the chemical hazards

(3) Portable or stationary eye wash facilities within the work area that are capable of 15 minutesduration of drenching or flushing of the eyes and body for the duration necessary to the hazard.

Informational Note: Guidelines for the use and maintenance of eye wash facilities for ventedbatteries in nontelecom environments can be found in ANSI/ISEA Z358.1, AmericanNational Standard for Emergency Eye Wash and Shower Equipment .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee agrees in principle with the submitter’s suggestions for revising FR-98 exclusive ofthe shower equipment due to the potential small area of exposure from battery electrolyte inincidents. When not handling electrolyte, the need for chemical protection is not justified.

ResponseMessage:



Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.


131 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

Widup, Ron


Drobnick, Drake A.

The use of chemical goggles under a face shield is required where splash hazards exist. Goggles are listed asprimary eye protection. The use of the word AND (PC-177) is correct.


West, Rodney J.

While we agree with most of the revisions that resulted from SR53, we do not believe that adequatesubstantiation was provided to change the protective equipment requirements from ?Goggles or face shield? to?Goggles and face shield?.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



132 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 54-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. 330.3(B) ]

(B) Scope of Training.

The training shall include, but is not limited to, the following:

(1) Familiarization with laser principles of operation, laser types, and laser emissions

(2) Laser safety, including the following:

a. System operating procedures

b. Hazard identification, risk Risk assessment, and risk control procedures

c. Need for personnel protection

d. Accident reporting procedures

e. Biological effects of the laser upon the eye and the skin

f. Electrical and other hazards associated with the laser equipment, including the following:

i. High voltages (>1 kV) and stored energy in the capacitor banks

ii. Circuit components, such as electron tubes, with anode voltages greater than 5 kVemitting X-rays

iii. Capacitor bank explosions

iv. Production of ionizing radiation

v. Poisoning from the solvent or dye switching liquids or laser media

vi. High sound intensity levels from pulsed lasers




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This Second Revision will provide consistency with the rest of the document and riskassessment principles.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



133 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



134 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


340.5 Effects of Electricity on the Human Body.

The employer and employees shall be aware of the following hazards associated with power electronicequipment.

(1) Results Effects of Power Frequency Current . :

a. At 0.5 mA, shock is perceptible.

b. At 10 mA, a person may not be able to voluntarily let go of an energized electrical conductor orcircuit part.

c. At about 40 mA, the shock, if lasting for 1 second or longer, can be fatal due to ventricularfibrillation.

d. Further increasing current leads to burns and cardiac arrest.

(2) Results Effects of Direct Current . :

a. A dc current of 2 mA is perceptible.

b. A dc current of 40 mA is considered the threshold of the let-go current.

(3) Results Effects of Voltage. A voltage of 30 V rms, or 60 V dc, is considered safe, except when theskin is broken. The internal body resistance can be as low as 500 ohms, so fatalities can occur.

(4) Results Effects of Short Contact. :

a. For contact less than 0.1 second and with currents just greater than 0.5 mA, ventricularfibrillation can occur only if the shock is in during a vulnerable part of the cardiac cycle.

b. For contact of less than 0.1 second and with currents of several amperes, ventricular fibrillationcan occur if the shock is in during a vulnerable part of the cardiac cycle.

c. For contact of greater than 0.8 second and with currents just greater than 0.5 A, cardiac arrest(reversible) can occur.

d. For contact greater than 0.8 second and with currents of several amperes, burns and death areprobable.

(5) Results Effects of Alternating Current at Frequencies Above 100 Hz. When the threshold ofperception increases from 10 kHz to 100 kHz, the threshold of let-go current increases from 10 mA to100 mA.

(6) Effects of Waveshape. Contact with voltages from phase controls usually causes effects betweenthose of ac and dc sources.

(7) Effects of Capacitive Discharge. :

a. A circuit of capacitance of 1 μF having a 10kV capacitor charge can cause ventricularfibrillation.

b. A circuit of capacitance of 20 μF having a 10kV capacitor charge can be dangerous andprobably will cause ventricular fibrillation.




Street Address:

City:

State:


135 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee agrees with the submitter's change as this is an action that is necessary to beconsistent with the change in the title accomplished by FR-126.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



136 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 65-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Annex A ]

Informative Annex A Referenced Publications

A.1 General.

This informative annex is not part of the requirements of this document and is included for informationonly. To the extent the documents or portions thereof listed in this informative annex are referenced withinthis standard, those documents shall are to be considered part of the requirements of this document inthe section and manner in which they are referenced.

A.2 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 70®, National Electrical Code®, 2014 edition.

A.3 Other Publications.

A.3.1 ANSI Publications.

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ANSI/ASC A14.1, Safety Requirements for Portable Wood Ladders American National Standard forLadders — Wood — Safety Requirements ,2000 2007 .

ANSI/ASC A14.3, Safety Requirements for Fixed Ladders American National Standard for Ladders —Fixed — Safety Requirements , 2008.

ANSI/ASC A14.4, American National Standard Safety Requirements for Job-Made Ladders, 2009.

ANSI/ASC A14.5, Safety Requirement for Portable Reinforced Plastic Ladders American NationalStandard for Ladders — Portable Reinforced — Safety Requirements , 2007.

ANSI Z87.1, Practice for Occupational and Educational Eye and Face Protection, 2010.

ANSI Z89.1, Requirements for Protective Headwear for Industrial Workers, 2009.

ANSI Z535, Series of Standards for Safety Signs and Tags,2006 2011 .


137 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

A.3.2 ASTM Publications.


138 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

ASTM D120, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Gloves, 2009.

ASTM D1048, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Blankets,2011 2012 .

ASTM D1049, Standard Specification for Rubber Covers, 1998 (R 2010).

ASTM D1050, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Line Hoses, 2005 (R 2011).

ASTM D1051, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Sleeves, 2008.

ASTM F478, Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Line Hose and Covers, 2009.

ASTM F479, Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Blankets, 2006 (R 2011).

ASTM F496, Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and Sleeves, 2008.

ASTM F696, Standard Specification for Leather Protectors for Rubber Insulating Gloves and Mittens,2006 (R 2011).

ASTM F711, Standard Specification for Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Rod and Tube Used; in LiveLine Tools, 2002 (R 2007).

ASTM F712, Standard Test Methods and Specifications for Electrically Insulating Plastic Guard Equipmentfor Protection of Workers, 2006 (R 2011).

ASTM F855, Standard Specification for Temporary Protective Grounds to Be Used on De-energizedElectric Power Lines and Equipment, 2009.

ASTM F887, Standard Specification for Personal Climbing Equipment, 2011.

ASTM F1116, Standard Test Method for Determining Dielectric Strength of Dielectric Footwear, 2003 (R2008).

ASTM F1117, Standard Specification for Dielectric Footwear, 2003 (R2008).

ASTM F1236, Standard Guide for Visual Inspection of Electrical Protective Rubber Products,, 1996 (R2007 2012 ).

ASTM F1296, Standard Guide for Evaluating Chemical Protective Clothing, 2008.

ASTM F1449, Standard Guide for Industrial Laundering of Flame, Thermal, and Arc Resistant Clothing ,2008.

ASTM F1505, Standard Specification for Insulated and Insulating Hand Tools, 2010.

ASTM F1506, Standard Performance Specification for Flame Resistant and Arc Rated and Arc RatedTextile Materials for Wearing Apparel for Use by Electrical Workers Exposed to Momentary Electric Arcand Related Thermal Hazards, 2010a.

ASTM F1742, Standard Specification for PVC Insulating Sheeting, 2003 (R 2011).

ASTM F1891, Standard Specification for Arc and Flame Resistant and Arc Rated Rainwear, 2012.

ASTM F1959/F1959M, Standard Test Method for Determining the Arc Thermal Performance Value Ratingof Materials for Clothing,2006ae1 2012 .

ASTM F2178, Standard Test Method for Determining the Arc Rating and Standard Specification for Eyeor Face Protective Products, 2008 2012 .

ASTM F2249, Standard Specification for In-Service Test Methods for Temporary Grounding JumperAssemblies Used on De-Energized Electric Power Lines and Equipment, 2003 (R 2009).

ASTM F2412/F2320, Standard Specification for Rubber Insulating Sheeting , 2011.

ASTM F2412, Standard Test Methods for Foot Protections, 2011.

ASTM F2413, Standard Specification for Performance Requirements for Protective (Safety) Toe CapFootwear, 2011.

ASTM F2522, Standard Test Method for Determining the Protective Performance of a Shield Attached onLive Line Tools or on Racking Rods for Electric Arc Hazards, 2005 (R 2011) 2012 .

ASTM F2676, Standard Test Method for Determining the Protective Performance of an Arc ProtectiveBlanket for Electric Arc Hazards, 2009.

ASTM F2677, Standard Specification for Electrically Insulating Aprons, 2008a.


139 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

ASTM F2757, Standard Guide for Home Laundering Care and Maintenance of Flame, Thermal and ArcResistant Clothing , 2009.

A.3.3 ICRP Publications.

International Commission on Radiological Protection, SE-171 16 Stockholm, Sweden.

ICRP Publication 33 ( March 1981 ) , Protection Against Ionizing Radiation from External Sources Used inMedicine, March 1981 .

A.3.4 IEC Publications.

International Electrotechnical Commission, 3, rue de Varembé, P.O. Box 131, CH-1211 Geneva 20,Switzerland.

IEC 60479, Effects of Current Passing Through the Body, 1987 .

60479-1 Part 1: General aspects, 2005

60479-1-1 Chapter 1: Electrical impedance of the human body.

60479-1-2 Chapter 2: Effects of ac in the range of 15 Hz to 100 Hz.

60479-2 Part 2: Special aspects, 2007.

60479-2-4: Chapter 4: Effects of ac with frequencies above 100 Hz.

60479-2-5 Chapter 5: Effects of special waveforms of current.

60479-2-6 Chapter 6: Effects of unidirectional single impulse currents of short duration.

A.3.5 IEEE Publications.

Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, IEEE Operations Center, 445 Hoes Lane, P. O. Box 1331,Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331.

IEEE C37.20.7, Guide for Testing Metal-Enclosed Switchgear Rated up to 38 kV for Internal Arcing Faults,2007/Corrigendum 1, 2010.

A.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections.

NFPA 70®, National Electrical Code®, 2014 edition.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Jul 08 10:57:14 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee has revised the language in A.1 to remove the mandatory requirement languageand has updated all references in Annex A to reflect the latest referenced standards and revisiondates.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 259-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. A.1]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned


140 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Eblen, Marcia L.

ASTM standards revision information in Annex A is not consistent with information approved by the TC at thesecond draft meeting. ASTM standards list the revision information in the number of the document, not separately.For example, ASTM F1506-10a is the correct representation of this standard, not (R2010a) listed after thedocument title.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



141 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 57-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Sections B ]

Informative Annex B Informational References

B.1 Referenced Publications.

The following documents or portions thereof are referenced within this standard for informational purposesonly and are thus not part of the requirements of this document unless also listed in Informative Annex A.

B.1.1 NFPA Publications.

National Fire Protection Association, 1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471.

NFPA 1, Fire Code, 2012 edition.

NFPA 70,®National Electrical Code®, 2014 edition.

NFPA 70B, Recommended Practice for Electrical Equipment Maintenance, 2013 edition.

NFPA 79, Electrical Standard for Industrial Machinery, 2012 edition.

B.1.2 ANSI Publications.

American National Standards Institute, Inc., 25 West 43rd Street, 4th Floor, New York, NY 10036.

ANSI/AIHA Z10, American National Standard for Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems,2012.

ANSI/ASSE Z244.1, Control of Hazardous Energy — Lockout/Tagout and Alternative Methods, 2003 (R2008).

ANSI C84.1, Electric Power Systems and Equipment – Voltage Ratings (60 Hz) , 2011.

ANSI/ISO 14001, Environmental Management Systems — Requirements with Guidance for Use,2004/Corrigendum 1, 2009.

ANSI/NETA MTS, Standard for Maintenance Testing Specifications for Electrical Power DistributionEquipment and Systems, 2011.

ANSI Z535.4, Product Safety Signs and Labels, 2011.

B.1.3 ASTM Publications.

ASTM International, 100 Barr Harbor Drive, P.O. Box C700, West Conshohocken, PA 19428-2959.

ASTM F 496 F496 , Standard Specification for In-Service Care of Insulating Gloves and Sleeves, 2008.

ASTM F 711 F711 , Standard Specification for Fiberglass-Reinforced Plastic (FRP) Rod and Tube Used;in Used in Live Line Tools, 2002 (R 2007).

ASTM F 1449 F1449 , Standard Guide for Industrial Laundering of Flame, Thermal, and Arc ResistantClothing, 2008.

ASTM F 1506 F1506 , Standard Performance Specification for Flame Resistant and Arc Rated TextileMaterials for Wearing Apparel for Use by Electrical Workers Exposed to Momentary Electric Arc andRelated Thermal Hazards,2010a.

ASTM F1959/F1959M, Standard Test Method for Determining the Arc Rating of Materials for Clothing ,2012.

ASTM F 2249 F2249 , Standard Specification for In-Service Test Methods for Temporary GroundingJumper Assemblies Used on De-Energized Electric Power Lines and Equipment, 2003 (R 2009).

ASTM F 2413 F2413 , Standard Specifications for Performance Requirements for Protective (Safety) ToeCap Footwear,2011.

ASTM F2757, Standard Guide for Home Laundering Care and Maintenance of Flame, Thermal and ArcResistant Clothing , 2009.


142 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

B.1.4 British Standards Institute, Occupational Health and Safety Assessment Series (OHSAS) ProjectGroup Publications.

British Standards Institute, American Headquarters, 12110 Sunset Hills Road, Suite 200, Reston VA20190-5902.

BS OSHAS 18001, Occupational Health and Safety Management Systems, 2007.

B.1.5 CSA Publications.

Canadian Standards Association, 5060 Spectrum Way, Mississauga, ON L4W 5N6, Canada.

CAN/CSA Z462, Workplace Electrical Safety, 2012.

CAN/CSA Z1000, Occupational Health and Safety Management, 2006 (R 2011).

CAN/CSA C22.1, Canadian Electrical Code, Part 1 , 2012.

B.1.6 IEC Publications.


IEC 60204-1 ed 5.1 Consol. with am 1, Safety of Machinery-Electrical Machinery — Electrical Equipmentof Machines — Part 1: General Requirements, 2009.


143 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

B.1.7 IEEE Publications.


144 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Institute of Electrical and Electronic Engineers, IEEE Operations Center, 445 Hoes Lane, P. O. Box 1331,Piscataway, NJ 08855-1331.

ANSI/IEEE C2, National Electrical Safety Code,2012.

ANSI/IEEE C 37.20.6, Standard for 4.76 kV to 38 kV-Rated Ground and Test Devices Used in Enclosures,2007.

ANSI/IEEE C84.1, Electric Power Systems and Equipment— Voltage Ratings (60 Hz), 1995.

IEEE 4, Standard Techniques for High Voltage Testing,1978 2013 .

IEEE 4A, Amendment to IEEE 4 , 2001.

IEEE 450, IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Vented Lead-AcidBatteries for Stationary Applications, 2002 2010 .

IEEE 484, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Vented Lead-Acid Batteriesfor Stationary Applications, 2002 (R 2008).

IEEE 485, IEEE Recommended Practice for Sizing Lead-Acid Storage Batteries for StationaryApplications , 1997 (R 2003).

IEEE 516, Guide for Maintenance Methods on Energized Power Lines, 2009.

IEEE 937, Recommended Practice for Installation and Maintenance of Lead-Acid Batteries forPhotovoltaic Systems, 2007.

IEEE 946, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Power Systems for GeneratingSystems , 2004.

IEEE 1106, IEEE Recommended Practice for Installation, Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement ofVented Nickel-Cadmium Batteries for Stationary Applications , 2005 (R 2011) .

IEEE 1184, IEEE Guide for Batteries for Uninterruptible Power Supply Systems , 2006.

IEEE 1187, Recommended Practice for Installation Design and Installation of Valve-RegulatedLead-Acid Storage Batteries for Stationary Applications, 2002.

IEEE 1188, IEEE Recommended Practice for Maintenance, Testing, and Replacement of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for Stationary Applications , 2005 (R 2010) .

IEEE 1189, IEEE Guide for Selection of Valve-Regulated Lead-Acid (VRLA) Batteries for StationaryApplications , 2007.

IEEE 1375, IEEE Guide for Protection of Stationary Battery Systems , 1998 (R 2003).

IEEE 1491, IEEE Guide for Selection and Use of Battery Monitoring Equipment in StationaryApplications , 2012.

IEEE 1584 TM , Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations, 2002.

IEEE 1584a TM , Guide for Performing Arc Flash Hazard Calculations, Amendment 1 , 2004.

IEEE 1584b TM , IEEE Guide for Performing Arc-Flash Arc Flash Hazard Calculations — Amendment2: Changes to Clause 4 , 2011

IEEE 1657, Recommended Practice for Personnel Qualifications for Installation and Maintenance ofStationary Batteries, 2009.

IEEE 3007.1, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Operation and Management of Industrial andCommercial Power Systems , 2010.

IEEE 3007.2, IEEE Recommended Practice for the Maintenance of Industrial and Commercial PowerSystems , 2010.

IEEE 3007.3, IEEE Recommended Practice for Electrical Safety in Industrial and Commercial PowerSystems , 2012.

Anderson, W. E., “Risk Analysis Methodology Applied to Industrial Machine Development,” IEEETrans. Transactions on Industrial Applications, Vol. 41, No. 1, January/February 2005, pp. 180–187.

Ammerman, R. F. ; Gammon , Gammon, T., Sen, P. K., and Nelson, J. P. , et al., “DC arc models andincident energy calculations “DC-Arc Models and Incident-Energy Calculations ,” IEEE


145 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Trans. Transactions on Industrial Applications , Vol. 46, No. 5, 2010.

Doan, D. R, “Arc Flash Calculations for Exposures to DC Systems,” IEEE Trans. Transactions onIndustrial Applications , Vol 46, No. 6, 2010.

Doughty, R. L., T. E. Neal, and H. L. Floyd II, “Predicting Incident Energy to Better Manage the Electric

Arc Hazard on 600 V Power Distribution Systems,” Record of Conference Papers IEEE IAS 45 th

Annual Petroleum and Chemical Industry Conference , September 28–30, 1998.

Lee, R., “The Other Electrical Hazard: Electrical Arc Flash Burns,” IEEE Trans. Applications , Vol.1A-18, No. 3, May/June 1982.

B.1.8 ISA Publications.

Instrumentation, Systems, and Automation Society, 67 Alexander Drive, Research Triangle Park, NC27709.

ANSI/ISA 61010-1, Safety Requirements for Electrical Equipment for Measurement, Control, andLaboratory Use, Part 1: General Requirements, 2007.

B.1.9 ISEA Publications.

International Safety Equipment Association, 1901 North Moore Street, Arlington, VA 22209-1762.

ANSI/ISEA Z358.1, American National Standard for Emergency Eye Wash and Shower Equipment ,2009.

B.1.10 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, 1, Ch. de la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211Geneva 20, Switzerland.

ISO 14001:2004 , Environmental Management Systems — Requirements with Guidance for Use, 2004.

B.1.11 NIOSH Publications.

National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease Control and Prevention, 1600Clifton Road, Atlanta, GA 30333.

DHHS (NIOSH) Publication No. 94-110, Applications Manual for the Revised NIOSH Lifting Equation,1994.

B.1.12 UL Publications.

Underwriters Laboratories Inc., 333 Pfingsten Road, Northbrook, IL 60062-2096.

ANSI/UL 943, Standard for Ground-Fault Circuit Interrupters, 2006, revised 2010 (R 2012) .

ANSI/UL 1203, Explosion-Proof and Dust-Ignition-Proof Electrical Equipment for Use in Hazardous(Classified) Locations , 2006 (R 2009).

B.1.13 U.S. Government Publications.

U.S. Government Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402.

Title 29, Code of Federal Regulations: , Part 1910, Occupational Safety and Health Standards, SubpartS, Electrical, 1910.137, Personal Protective Equipment, and 1910.305(j)(7), Storage Batteries; and Part1926, Safety and Health Regulations for Construction, Subpart K, Electrical, 1926.441, Batteries andBattery Charging.

Part 1910, “Occupational Safety and Health Standards”:

Subpart S, “Electrical:

1910.137, “Personal Protective Equipment;” and

1910.305(j)(7), “Storage Batteries” .

Part 1926, “Safety and Health Regulations for Construction”:

Subpart k, “Electrical”:

1926.441, “Batteries and Battery Charging” .

B.1.14 Other Publications.

1. “ DC Arc Hazard Assessment Phase II,” Copyright Material, Kinectrics Inc., Report No. K-012623-RA-0002-R00.


146 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The committee has updated the references in Annex B to reflect the latest revision dates.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


147 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


Eblen, Marcia L.

ASTM standards revision information in Annex B is not consistent with information approved by the TC at thesecond draft meeting. ASTM standards list the revision information in the number of the document, not separately.For example, ASTM F1506-10a is the correct representation of this standard, not (R2010a) listed after thedocument title.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



148 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 58-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. C.1.2.2 ]

C.1.2.2

For a person to cross the limited approach boundary and enter the limited space, a person should meetthe following criteria:

(1) Be qualified to perform the job/task

(2) Have a plan that identifies Be able to identify the hazards and associated risks with the tasks to beperformed




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The committee did not accept the addition of (3) as proposed in PC-18 since Insulated tools arenot required when crossing the limited approach boundary. Editorial corrections were made to(2).

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 18-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. C.1.2.2]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.


149 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



150 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 73-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. C.2.1.1 ]

C.2.1.1 Column 1.

The voltage ranges have been selected to group voltages that require similar approach distances basedon the sum of the electrical withstand distance and an inadvertent movement factor. The value of theupper limit for a range is the maximum voltage for the highest nominal voltage in the range, based onANSI/IEEE C84.1, Electric Power Systems and Equipment— Voltage Ratings (60 Hz). For single-phasesystems, select the range that is equal to the system’s maximum phase-to-ground voltage multiplied by1.732.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Editorial correction made to reference for consistency with Informative Annex B..

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


151 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



152 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 59-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. D.5.3 ]

D.5.3 Short Circuit Current.

The determination of short circuit current is necessary in order to use Table 130.7(C)(15)(d). The arcingcurrent is calculated at 50% percent of the DC dc short-circuit value. The current that a battery will deliverdepends on the total resistance impedance of the short-circuit path. A conservative approach indetermining the short-circuit curren current that the battery will deliver at 25°C is to assume that themaximum available short-circuit current is 10 times the 1 minute ampere rating (to 1.75 volts per cell at25°C and the specific gravity of 1.215) of the battery. A more accurate value for the short-circuit current forthe speciific application can be obtained from the battery manufacturer.

References

1. IEEE 946, Recommended Practice for the Design of DC Auxiliary Powers Systems for GeneratingStations.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Calculations of short-circuit currents should not be limited to only qualified engineers. Otherqualified individuals not trained in the engineering field are capable of determining these values. Thecommittee accepts the replacement of the term “resistance” with “impedance”. The deletion of theconservative approach method is not accepted since this approach provides additional informationto the end user which may not be normally available.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 64-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. D.5.3]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.




153 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



154 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 60-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. F.3.1.5 ]

F.3.1.5 Personal Protective Equipment (PPE).

The electrical system must be analyzed in order to determine the appropriate category ofPPE PPE . Oncethe appropriate PPE has been determined, personnel are required must maintain and use it as required inorder to ensure that residual risk remains at the desired level.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This Second Revision deletes the words “category of” as this section is addressing both shock andarc flash PPE. This Second Revision also deletes “are required” in the second sentence tocorrelate with the intent of First Revision 140-NFPA to resolve the using the word “required” twicein the same sentence.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 24-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. F.3.1.5]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.


155 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



156 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 67-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. H.2 ]

H.2 Simplified Two-Category Clothing Approach for Use with Table 130.7(C)(15)(a) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) , Table 130.7(C)(15)(b) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) , Table 130.7(C)(15)(c) Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) ,Table 130.7(C)(15)(d), and Table 130.7(C)(16).

The use of Table H.2 is a simplified approach to provide minimum personal protective equipment PPE forelectrical workers within facilities with large and diverse electrical systems. The clothing listed in Table H.2fulfills the minimum arc-rated clothing requirements of Table 130.7(C)(15)(e) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a) ,Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b), Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) and Table 130.7(C)(16) . The clothing systems listed inthis table should be used with the other PPE appropriate for the arc flash PPE category [see Table130.7(C)(16).] ]. The notes to Table 130.7(C)(15)(e) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a), Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b),and Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) , must apply as shown in that those tables .

Table H.2 Simplified, Two-Category, Arc-Rated Clothing System

Clothinga Applicable Tasks

Everyday Work Clothing

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt with arc-rated pants(minimum arc rating of 8)

or

Arc-rated coveralls (minimum arc rating of 8)

All arc flash PPE category 1 and arc flash PPE category2 tasks listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(a) and Table

130.7(C)(15)(b) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a), Table 130.7(C)

(15)(A)(b) and Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) b

Arc Flash Suit

A total clothing system consisting of arc-ratedshirt and pants and/or arc-rated coverallsand/or arc flash coat and pants (clothing

system minimum arc rating of 40)

All arc flash PPE category 3 and arc flash PPE category4 tasks listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(a) and Table130.7(C)(15)(b) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a), Table

130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) and Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) b

aNote that other PPE required for the specific tasks listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(a), Table 130.7(C)(15)(c), and Table 130.7(C)(16), which include arc-rated face shields or arc flash suit hoods, arc-ratedhard hat liners, safety glasses or safety goggles, hard hats, hearing protection, heavy-duty leather gloves,rubber insulating gloves, and insulating or insulated hand tools and leather protectors , could be required.

The arc rating for a garment is expressed in cal/cm2.

bThe estimated available short-circuit current capacities and fault clearing times or arcing durations forvarious tasks are listed in the text of Table 130.7(C)(15)(b) Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(b) and Table130.7(C)(15)(d) Table 130.7(C)(15)(B) . Various tasks are listed in Table 130.7(C)(15)(A)(a). For tasks not listed orfor power systems with greater than the estimated available short-circuit capacity or with longer than theassumed fault clearing times or arcing durations, an arc flash risk assessment is required in accordancewith 130.5.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Aug 06 11:50:36 EDT 2013

Committee Statement


157 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Committee Statement: Editorial changes were made for document consistency with the changes made in SR-45.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

22 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron


Hale, Lee R.

The revised text is now in alignment with the other PPE sections and requirments within the document.


Pace, David A.

See my explanation of negative vote on SR 45.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



158 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 61-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. H.3 ]


159 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

H.3 Arc-Rated Clothing and Other Personal Protective Equipment (PPE) for Use with Risk Assessmentof Electrical Hazards.


160 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Table H.3(a) provides a summary of specific sections within the NFPA 70E standard describing PPE forelectrical hazards. Table H.3(b) provides guidance on the selection of arc-rated and other PPE for users

who determine the incident energy exposure (in cal/cm2).

Table H.3(a) Summary of Specific Sections Describing Personal Protective Equipment PPE for ElectricalHazards

Shock hazard Hazard PPE Applicable Section(s)

Rubber insulating gloves; and leather protectors (unless therequirements of ASTM F 496 are met)

130.7(C)(7)(a)

Rubber insulating sleeves (as needed) 130.7(C)(7)(a)

Class G or E hard hat (as needed) 130.7(C)(3)

Safety glasses or goggles (as needed) 130.7(C)(4)

Dielectric overshoes (as needed) 130.7(C)(8)

Arc flash hazard Flash Hazard PPE

Incident energy exposures up to and including 1.2 cal/cm2

Clothing: nonmelting or untreated natural fiber long sleeve long-sleeveshirt and long pants or coverall

130.7(C)(1); 130.7(C)(9)(d)

Gloves: heavy duty heavy-duty leather 130.7(C)(7)(b); 130.7(C)(10)(d)

Hard hat: class G or E 130.7(C)(3)

Face shield: covers the face, neck, and chin (as needed) 130.7(C)(3)

Safety glasses or goggles 130.7(C)(4); 130.7(C)(10)(c)

Hearing protection 130.7(C)(5)

Footwear: heavy duty heavy-duty leather (as needed) 130.7(C)(10)(e)

Incident Energy Exposures > ≥ 1.2 cal/cm2

Clothing: arc-rated clothing system with an arc rating appropriate tothe anticipated incident energy exposure

130.7(C)(1); 130.7(C)(2);130.7(C)(6); 130.7(C)(9)(d)

Clothing underlayers (when used): arc-rated or nonmelting untreatednatural fiber

130.7(C)(9)(c); 130.7(C)(11);130.7(C)(12)

Gloves: 130.7(C)(7)(b); 130.7(C)(10)(d)

Exposures > ≥ 1.2 cal/cm2 and ≤ 8 cal/cm2: H h eavy-duty leathergloves

Exposures > 8 cal/cm2: rubber insulating gloves with their leatherprotectors; or arc-rated gloves

Hard hat: class G or E 130.7(C)(1); 130.7(C)(3)

Face shield:

130.7(C)(1); 130.7(C)(3); 130.7(C)(10)(a); 130.7(C)(10)(b); 130.7(C)(10)(c)

Exposures> ≥ 1.2 cal/cm2to 4.0 and ≤12 cal/cm2: arc-rated faceshield that covers the face, neck, and chin and an arc-rated balaclavaor an arc-rated arc flash suit hood

Exposures > 4.0 cal/cm 2 to 12 cal/cm 2 : arc-rated face shieldthat covers the face, neck, and chin and an arc-rated balaclava or anarc-rated arc flash suit hood

Exposures > 12 cal/cm2: arc-rated arc flash suit hood

Safety glasses or goggles 130.7(C)(4); 130.7(C)(10)(c)

Hearing protection 130.7(C)(5)

Footwear: 130.7(C)(10)(e)

Exposures ≤4 cal/cm2: H h eavy-duty leather footwear (as needed)


161 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Table H.3(b) Guidance on Selection of Arc-Rated Clothing and Other Personal Protective Equipment(PPE) PPE for Use When Incident Energy Exposure is Is Determined

Incident Energy Exposure Protective Clothing and PPE

≤or Equal to < 1.2 cal/cm2

Protective clothing, nonmelting (in accordance withASTM F 1506) or untreated natural fiber

Shirt (long sleeve) and pants (long) or coverall

Other PPE Face shield for projectile protection (AN)


Hearing protection

Heavy-duty leather gloves or rubber insulatinggloves with leather protectors (AN)

> ≥ 1.2 to 12 cal/cm2

Arc-rated clothing and equipment with an arc ratingequal to or greater than the determined incident energy(See Note 3.) )

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt and arc-rated pantsor arc-rated coverall or arc flash suit (SR) (SeeNote 3.) )

≥1.2 to 4.0 cal/cm 2

Arc-rated face shield

>4.0 to 12 cal/cm 2

Arc-rated face shield and arc-rated balaclava orarc flash suit hood (SR) (See Note 1.) )

Arc-rated jacket, parka, or rainwear (AN)

Other PPE Hard hat

Arc-rated hard hat liner (AN)


Hearing protection

Heavy-duty leather gloves or rubber insulatinggloves with leather protectors (SR) (See Note4.) )

Leather footwear

> 12 cal/cm2

Arc-rated clothing and equipment with an arc ratingequal to or greater than the determined incident energy(See Note 3.) )

Arc-rated long-sleeve shirt and arc-rated pantsor arc-rated coverall and/or arc flash suit (SR)

Arc-rated arc flash suit hood

Arc-rated gloves

Arc-rated jacket, parka, or rainwear (AN)

Other PPE Hard hat

Arc-rated hard hat liner (AN)


Hearing protection

Arc-rated gloves or rubber insulating gloves withleather protectors (SR) (See Note 4.) )

Leather footwear

AN: As needed [in addition to the protective clothing and PPE required by 130.5(B)(1) 130.5(C)(1) ].

SR: Selection of one in group is required by 130.5(B)(1) 130.5(C)(1) .

Notes:

(1) Face shields with a wrap-around guarding to protect the face, chin, forehead, ears, and neck area are


162 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

required by 130.8(C)(10)(c) 130.7(C)(10)(c) . For full head and neck protection, use a balaclava or an arcflash hood.

(2) All items not designated “AN” are required by 130.7(C).

(3) Arc ratings can be for a single layer, such as an arc-rated shirt and pants or a coverall, or for an arcflash suit or a multi-layer system consisting of a combination of arc-rated shirt and pants, coverall, and arcflash suit.

(4) Rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors provide arc flash protection in addition to shockprotection. Higher class rubber insulating gloves with leather protectors, due to their increased materialthickness, provide increased arc flash protection.



SR61.docx Revise the tables in accordance with Attachment SR61




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Table H.3(a) and H.3(b) have been updated to acknowledge that the balaclava is not required forincident energy values up to and including 4.0 cal/cm2. The mathematical operators have beenupdated in both tables to reflect the change that arc-rated clothing is required at 1.2 cal/cm2.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 3-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. H.3]

Public Comment No. 100-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. H.3]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

23 Affirmative All



1 Abstention

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.


163 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

Widup, Ron


West, Rodney J.

While we agree with many of the revisions that result from SR61, we are voting negative to correlate with our voteand ballot comment on SR37.

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



164 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Second Revision No. 62-NFPA 70E-2013 [ Section No. O.2.3 ]

O.2.3 Incident Energy Reduction Methods.

Where a circuit breaker that is rated for, or can be adjusted to, 1000 amperes or more is used, one of thefollowing or equivalent means have proven to be effective in reducing arc flash energy: The followingmethods have proved to be effective in reducing incident energy:

(1) Zone-selective interlocking. A method that allows two or more circuit breakers to communicate witheach other so that a short circuit or ground fault will be cleared by the breaker closest to the fault inthe minimum time with no intentional delay . Clearing the fault in the shortest time aids in keeping theincident energy in the circuit to its lowest possible value reducing the incident energy .

(2) Differential relaying. The concept of this protection method is that current flowing into protectedequipment must equal the current out of the equipment. If these two currents are not equal, a faultmust exist within the equipment, and the relaying can be set to operate for a fast interruption.Differential relaying uses current transformers located on the line and load sides of the protectedequipment and fast acting relay.

(3) Energy-reducing maintenance switching with a local status indicator. An energy-reducingmaintenance switch allows a worker to set a circuit breaker trip unit to operate faster while the workeris working within an arc flash boundary, as defined in NFPA 70E , and then to set the circuit breakerback to a normal setting after the work is complete.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The technical committee recognizes that these methods aid in reducing incident energyregardless of ampere rating or device. The committee clarifies the definition of zone-selectiveinterlocking.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 159-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. O.2.3]

Public Comment No. 72-NFPA 70E-2013 [Section No. O.2.3]

Ballot Results


25 Eligible Voters

0 Not Returned

24 Affirmative All



1 Abstention


165 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

Affirmative All

Barrios, Louis A.



Cook, Carey J.

Dini, David A.

Douglas, Michael J.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Eblen, Marcia L.

Gray, Bobby J.

Hale, Lee R.

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Luke, John


McNellis, Mark

Mohla, Daleep C.

Neitzel, Dennis K.

Pace, David A.


Stallcup, James G.


Tobias, John M.

West, Rodney J.

Widup, Ron

Abstention

Wallis, David M.



166 of 166 9/17/2013 1:47 PM

National Fire Protection Association

1 Batterymarch Park, Quincy, MA 02169-7471

Phone: 617-770-3000 • Fax: 617-770-0700 • www.nfpa.org

M E M O R A N D U M

To: NFPA Technical Committee on Electrical Equipment of Industrial Machinery

From: Jenny Depew, Administrator, Technical Projects

Date: September 19, 2013

Subject: NFPA 79 Second Draft TC FINAL Ballot Results (A2014)

According to the final ballot results, all ballot items received the necessary affirmative votes to pass ballot.

29 Members Eligible to Vote

2 Not Returned (Watson, Ziegeweid)

26 Affirmative on All (w/comment: Boggs, Carpenter, Dobrowsky, Hilbert, Tamblingson)

1 Negatives on one or more Second Revision (Carpenter)

0 Abstentions on one or more Second Revision

The attached report shows the number of affirmative, negative, and abstaining votes as well as the explanation of

the vote for each Second Revision.

There are two criteria necessary for each Second Revision to pass ballot: (1) simple majority and (2) affirmative 2/3 vote. The mock examples below show how the calculations are determined.

(1) Example for Simple Majority: Assuming there are 20 vote eligible committee members, 11 affirmative votes

are required to pass ballot. (Sample calculation: 20 members eligible to vote ÷ 2 = 10 + 1 = 11)

(2) Example for Affirmative 2/3: Assuming there are 20 vote eligible committee members and 1 member did not

return their ballot and 2 members abstained, the number of affirmative votes required would be 12. (Sample

calculation: 20 members eligble to vote – 1 not returned – 2 abstentions = 17 x 0.66 = 11.22 = 12 )

As always please feel free to contact me if you have any questions.

Second Revision No. 25-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. 1.1.1 ]

1.1.1

The provisions of this standard shall apply to the electrical/electronic equipment, apparatus, or systems ofindustrial machines operating from a nominal voltage of 600 volts or less, and commencing at the point ofconnection of the supply circuit conductors to the electrical equipment of the machine.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The TC understands document scopes are the jurisdiction of the NEC CC and offers a revision ofthe paragraph in the interest of clarifying the scope of NFPA 79. Revising the paragraph as offeredwill align the text of this section with existing requirements in the Standard such as the maindisconnecting means requirements in Chapter 5 and with the new text relative to working spaces in11.5. Using common terminology will assist readers of NFPA 79 with understanding where theStandard starts.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.

Ziegeweid, Stephen J.

Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


1 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

DeFelice, Jr., Frank C.

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Dobrowsky, Paul

This comment is related to Section 1.4 but there is no mechanism to comment on that Section as it appears to bea staff change. The reference to Article 870 should be Article 670.


2 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 57-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. 2.4 ]

2.4 References for Extracts in Mandatory Sections.

NFPA 70®, National Electrical Code®, 2011 2014 edition.

NFPA 70E®, Standard for Electrical Safety in the Workplace®, 2012 2015 edition.


Submitter Full Name: Jenny Depew

Organization: NFPA

Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Mon Aug 26 11:29:56 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Update the revision dates of NFPA referenced documents

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.


3 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


4 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.5* Adjustable Speed Drive.

A combination of the power converter, motor, and motor mounted auxiliary devices such as encoders,tachometers, thermal switches and detectors, air blowers, heaters, and vibration sensors. [ 70: 430.2]


Submitter Full Name: Mark Cloutier


Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Citation was deleted to reflect the removal of the definition from NEC 2014

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert


5 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


6 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.16* Cable Trunking System.

A system of enclosures comprised of a base and a removable cover intended for the completesurrounding of insulated conductors, cables, and cords.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Delete the term "Cable Trunking" from the definitions and move to Annex J.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert


7 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


8 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 48-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. 3.3.20.4 ]

3.3.19.4* Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC).

A raceway of circular cross section of various types as follows: (1) A smooth seamless inner core andcover bonded together and having one or more reinforcement layers between the core and covers,designated as Type LFNC-A; (2) A smooth inner surface with integral reinforcement within theconduit raceway wall, designated as Type LFNC-B; (3) A corrugated internal and external surface withoutintegral reinforcement within the conduit wall, designated as LFNC-C. LFNC is flame resistant and withfittings and is approved for the installation of electrical conductors. [70:356.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Conduit was changed to raceway and the last sentence was removed to match thedefinition in NEC 2014.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.


9 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


10 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.28 Device.

A unit of an electrical system, other than a conductor, that carries or controls electric energy as itsprincipal function. [70:100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Changed definition to match NEC 2014.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert


11 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


12 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.33* Duct.

An enclosed channel designed expressly for holding and protecting electrical conductors, cables, andbusbars.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Delete the term "Duct" because it is no longer used in the standard. Relocate the term to AnnexJ to help users understand the "Cross Reference" between the NEC/79 terms and IEC/EN terms.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt


13 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


14 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.40 Exposed (as applied to live parts).

Capable of being inadvertently touched or approached nearer than a safe distance by a person. It isapplied to parts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated. [ 70: 100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The following sentence is now an informational note in 2014 edition of NFPA 70: "It is applied toparts not suitably guarded, isolated, or insulated." This is a major change and NFPA 79 does notcontain informational notes. The 79 TC will have to make this change in the next edition. Thecitation to NEC was removed because the definitions do not match.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.


15 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


16 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.48 Grounding Conductor, Equipment. (EGC)

The conductive path(s) installed to connect that provides a ground-fault current path and connectsnormally non–current-carrying metalparts of equipment together and to the system grounded conductor orto the grounding electrode conductor, or both. [70:100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The definition was changed to match the NEC 2014.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.


17 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


18 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.53 Industrial Control Panel.

An assembly of two or more components consisting of one of the following: (1) power circuit componentsonly, such as motor controllers, overload relays, fused disconnect switches, and circuit breakers; or (2)control circuit components only, such as pushbuttons, pilot lights, selector switches, timers, switches, andcontrol relays; or (3) a combination of power and control circuit components. These components, withassociated wiring and terminals, are mounted on, or contained within, an enclosure or mounted on asubpanel. The industrial control panel does not include the controlled equipment. [ 70: 409]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The bracketed reference was added to reflect that the definition is extracted from the NEC. Thisis part of the effort to standardize definitions throughout the NFPA system by the Glossary OfTerms (GOT) committee. SR was edited to reflect the NEC 2014 definition.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 8-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. 3.3.55]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


19 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


20 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.54 Industrial Machinery (Machine).

A power-driven machine (or a group of machines working together in a coordinated manner), not portableby hand while working, that is used to process material by cutting; forming; pressure; electrical, thermal, oroptical techniques; lamination; or a combination of these processes. Machine It can include associatedequipment used to transfer material or tooling, including fixtures, to assemble/disassemble, to inspect ortest, or to package. [The associated electrical equipment, including the logic controller(s) and associatedsoftware or logic together with the machine actuators and sensors, are considered as part of the industrialmachine.] [70:670.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

In 2014 edition, 2nd sentence begins ‘It can include,’ not ‘Machine can include’ Changed tomatch since it is an extracted definition

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim



21 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


22 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.59 In Sight From (Within Sight From, Within Sight).

Where this standard specifies that one equipment shall be “in sight from,” “within sight from,” or “withinsight of ,” and so forth, of another equipment, the specified equipment is to be visible and not more than15 m (50 ft) distant from the other. [70:100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

In NEC 2014 edition, 1st sentence, ‘within sight’ is ‘within sight of’. Changed to match since itis an extracted definition.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.


23 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Boggs, Barry

The text submitted for balloting is missing the word "of" in the title portion of this section. In order to align with thecommittee statement, the title should read, "In Sight From (Within Sight From, Within Sight Of)".


24 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.70 Overcurrent Protective Device, Branch-Circuit.

A device capable of providing protection for service, feeder, and branch circuits and equipment over thefull range of overcurrents between its rated current and its interrupting rating. Branch-circuit overcurrentprotective Such devices are provided with interrupting ratings appropriate for the intended use but no lessthan 5000 amperes. [ 70: 100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The proposed change puts the definition in line with the proposed action by NEC CMP 10 for the2014 edition of the NEC. This is in section 100 of the NEC. The comment is in line with creatingconsistency in NFPA definitions, as is recommended by NFPA Standards Council for the GOTcommittee, FR-15, PI 115, this definition is extracted from the 2014 NEC, and was accepted at theROC stage.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


25 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


26 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.90* Short-Circuit Current Rating (SCCR) .

The prospective symmetrical fault current at a nominal voltage to which an apparatus or system is able tobe connected without sustaining damage exceeding defined acceptance criteria. [70:100]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

‘(SCCR)’ does not appear in the 2014 edition of NFPA 70. Changed to match NEC 2014because it is an extracted definition.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt


27 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


28 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


3.3.99 System Isolation Equipment.

A redundantly monitored, remotely operated contactor-isolation contactor-isolating system, packaged toprovide the disconnecting/isolation function, capable of verifiable operation from multiple remote locationsby means of lockout switches, each having the capability of being padlocked in the OFF off (open)position. [70:430.2]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

‘contactor-isolation’ is ‘contactor-isolating’ in the NEC 2014 edition. ‘OFF’ is “off” in 2014edition. Change to match because it is an extracted definition.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.


29 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


30 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


5.3.1.1


A supply circuit disconnecting means shall be provided for the following:

(1) Each incoming supply circuit to a machine

(2) The supply circuit to a feeder system using collector wires, collector bars, slip-ring assemblies, orflexible cable systems (reeled, festooned) to a machine or a number of machines

(3) Each on-board power source (e.g., generators, uninterruptible power supplies)

Exception: Communication, remote control, and signaling circuits of less than 50 volts shall not berequired to be provided with a supply circuit disconnecting means.

5.3.1.1.1*

Each disconnecting means required by 5.3.1.1 shall be legibly marked to indicate the equipment itdisconnects.

5.3.1.1.2

Where a machine is supplied by more than one supply circuit, a marking shall be installed at each supplycircuit disconnect location denoting the location of all other supply circuit disconnects.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:

Submittal Date: Tue Jul 09 08:35:29 EDT 2013

Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

It is not necessary or practical to include a disconnecting means for limited energy circuits. Thiscomment is submitted based on the committee statement on PI 81. See Article 725 and 800 in theNEC for an explanation of remote control and communication circuits respectively.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 43-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. 5.3.1.1]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention


31 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


32 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


5.3.1.3

The Each supply circuit disconnecting means other than attachment plugs and receptacles shall bemounted within the control enclosure or immediately adjacent thereto.

Exception No. 1: Externally mounted supply circuit disconnecting means, whether interlocked or notinterlocked with the control enclosure, supplying machines totaling 2 hp or less shall be permitted to bemounted up to 6 m (20 ft) away from the enclosure, providing that provided the disconnecting means isin sight from and readily accessible to the operator.

Exception No. 2: A supply circuit disconnecting means mounted in a separate enclosure and interlockedin accordance with 6.2.4 6.2.3 with the control enclosure(s) it supplies shall be permitted to be mountedup to 6 m (20 ft) away, providing that provided the disconnecting means is in sight from the controlenclosure(s) and readily accessible to the operator. The control enclosure(s) shall be marked indicatingthe location of the disconnecting means. The disconnecting means shall be marked indicating theindustrial machine it supplies.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The exception was added at the first draft meeting prior to the relocation of the interlockingrequirements from 6.2.3 to 6.2.4. The proposed change coordinates that action with the newexception. The committee changed the word "the" to "each" to clarify it would apply to each supplycircuit disconnecting means.

ResponseMessage:


Public Comment No. 24-NFPA 79-2013 [Sections 5.3.1.3, 5.3.1.4]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.



33 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


34 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


5.3.1.4

Each supply circuit disconnecting means mounted within or adjacent to the control enclosure shall beinterlocked with the control enclosure in accordance with 6.2.4. Where the supply circuit disconnectingmeans is not adjacent to the control enclosure, or where the supply disconnecting means is anattachment plug and receptacle, the control enclosure shall comply with 6.2.5 and a safety sign shall beprovided in accordance with Section 16.2 .

Exception: Where a supply circuit disconnecting means, supplying machines totaling 2 hp or less is notlocated within or adjacent to the control enclosure it supplies, the control enclosure shall comply with6.2.4 or 6.2.5 . Where a supply disconnecting means is an attachment plug and receptacle, the controlenclosure it supplies shall comply with 6.2.5 . Where 6.2.5 is used, a safety sign shall be provided inaccordance with 16.2 .



SR-9_new_5.3.1.4.1373379951893.docx




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The additional language in the exception to 5.3.1.4 clarifies the intent of 5.3.1.3 that onlyseparately mounted disconnects for small machines totaling 2 hp or less are not required to beinterlocked with the control enclosures in accordance with 6.2.4. The second sentence waschanged to an exception to clarify where interlocking is permitted.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


35 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


36 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


5.3.3.2*

When the supply circuit disconnecting device is an attachment plug and receptacle (plug/socketcombination), it shall fulfill all of the following requirements:

(1) Have a load-break rating or be interlocked with a switching device that is load-break rated, andcomplies with 5.3.3.1(6). Attachment An attachment plug and receptacle (plug/socket combination)rated greater than 20 A amperes or 2 hp shall be listed as a switch-rated plug and receptacle(plug/socket combination).

(2) Be of such a type and be so installed as to prevent unintended contact with live parts at any time,even during insertion or removal of the connectors.

(3) Have a first-make, last-break electrical grounding (protective) (earthing) contact.

(4) Have a retaining means to prevent unintended or accidental disconnection where rated at more than20 A amperes.

(5) Be located within sight from the operator station and be readily accessible.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

During the first Revision only parenthetical (protective bonding) and other (grounding) terms weredeleted– missed parenthetical terms (Earth/Earthing) and (Protective). The TC agrees that(Earth/Earthing) and (Protective) parenthetical terms be removed for clarity.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.



37 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Dobrowsky, Paul

The term socket and related text should be deleted in 3.3.91 Socket as it is an IEC term. See also SR 41 and SR34 The parenthetical phrase (plug/socket combination) should be deleted in the following sections as it is an IECterm. 5.3.3.2, 13.45, 13.4.5.1, 13.4.5.2, 13.4.5.3, 13.4.5.4, 13.4.5.5, 13.4.5.6, The parenthetical phrase (socket)should be deleted in 13.4.5.7 as it is an IEC term. See also SR 41 and SR 34


38 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


6.2.4.2

The interlocking means shall meet the following requirements:

(1) Utilize a device or tool as specified by the manufacturer of the interlock to allow qualified persons todefeat the interlock

(2) Be reactivated automatically when the door(s) is closed

(3) Prevent closing of the disconnecting means while the enclosure door door of the enclosurecontaining the disconnect is open, unless an interlock is operated by deliberate action




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

With the new permission to allow separately mounted disconnects for machinery in 5.3.1.3(FR45), the proposed change clarifies that this portion of the interlock requirements is mandatedonly for the enclosure containing the disconnect itself.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry


39 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


40 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


6.5.3.2 Means of Discharge.

The discharge circuit shall be either permanently connected to the terminals of the capacitor or capacitorbank, or provided with automatic means of connecting it to the terminals of the capacitor bank up onremoval of voltage from the line. Manual means of switching or connecting the discharge circuit shall notbe used. [70:460.6(B)]




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

‘upon’ is ‘on’ in the NEC 2014 edition. Changed to match because it is a extracteddefinition.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt


41 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


42 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


7.2.5 Receptacle (Socket) Outlets and Their Associated Conductors for Accessory Circuits.

7.2.5.1

Overcurrent protection shall be provided for the circuits feeding general purpose receptacle (socket)outlets intended primarily for supplying power to maintenance equipment.

7.2.5.2

Overcurrent protective devices shall be provided in the ungrounded phase conductors of each circuitfeeding receptacle (socket) outlets. Overcurrent protection for these receptacle (socket) outlets shall notexceed 15 amperes.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

During the first Revision only parenthetical (protective bonding) and other (grounding) termswere deleted– missed parenthetical term (Socket). The TC agrees that (Socket) parentheticalterm be removed for clarity.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

25 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul


43 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Boggs, Barry

The text submitted for balloting failed to show the use of the word "socket" as being struck thru. In order to alignwith the committee statement the use of the word "(socket)" in the last sentence of section 7.2.5.2 should beshown as struck thru indicating its to be deleted.


Carpenter, David R.

see comment SR-38


44 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 31-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. 7.2.10.1 [Excluding any

Sub-Sections] ]


45 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Each motor controller and its associated wiring shall be protected as an individual branch circuit by ashort-circuit protective device (SCPD) as specified by the controller manufacturer. The maximum rating ofthe designated SCPD shall be as shown in Table 7.2.10.1.

Table 7.2.10.1 Maximum Rating or Setting of Fuse and Circuit Breakers: Motor, Motor Branch Circuit, andMotor Controller

Fuse Class with Non–Time DelayFull-Load Current (%)

AC-2 AC-3 AC-4

R 300 300 300

CF or J 300 300 300

CC 300 300 300

T 300 300 300

Type2 of Application2

Fuse Class with Time Delay1 AC-2 AC-3 AC-4

RK-53 150 175 175

RK-1 150 175 175

CF or J 150 175 225

CC 150 300 300

Instantaneous trip circuit breaker4 800 800 800

Inverse trip circuit breaker5 150 250 250

Note: Where the values determined by Table 7.2.10.1 this table do not correspond to the standard sizes orratings, the next higher standard size, rating, or possible setting shall be permitted.

1 Where the rating of a time-delay fuse (other than CC type) specified by the table is not sufficient for thestarting of the motor, it shall be permitted to be increased but shall in no case be permitted to exceed 225percent. The rating of a time-delay Class CC fuse and non–time-delay Class CC, J, CF, or T fuse shall bepermitted to be increased but shall in no case exceed 400 percent of the full-load current.

2 Types of starting duty are as follows:

(a) AC-2: All light-starting duty motors, including slip-ring motors; starting, switching off.

(b) AC-3: All medium starting duty motors including squirrel-cage motors; starting, switching off whilerunning, occasional inching, jogging, or plugging but not to exceed 5 operations per minute or 10operations per 10 minutes and all wye-delta and two-step autotransformer starting motors.

(c) AC-4: All heavy starting duty motors including squirrel-cage motors; starting, plugging, inching,jogging.

3Unless a motor controller is listed for use with RK-5 fuses, Class RK-5 fuses shall be used only withNEMA-rated motor controllers.

4Instantaneous trip circuit breakers shall be permitted to be used only if they comply with all of thefollowing:

(a) They are adjustable.

(b) Part of a combination controller has motor-running protection and also short-circuit and ground-faultprotection in each conductor.

(c) The combination is especially identified for use.

(d) It is installed per any instructions included in its listing or labeling.

(e) They are limited to single motor applications, circuit breakers with adjustable trip settings shall be setat the controller manufacturer's recommendation, but not greater than 1300 percent of the motor full-loadcurrent.


46 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

5Where the rating of an inverse time circuit breaker specified in Table 7.2.10.1 this table is not sufficientfor the starting current of the motor, it shall be permitted to be increased but in no case exceed 400percent for full-load currents of 100 amperes or less or 300 percent for full-load currents greater than 100amperes.

Exception: Table 7.2.10.1 shall not apply to Design B energy efficient motor circuits. The provisions ofNFPA 70, shall be observed for Design B energy efficient motor circuits.



Table_7.2.10.1_with_legislative_changes.docx




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This revision adds Class CF fuses to the permitted fuse types listed since Class CF fuses havethe same performance requirements as Class J fuses. The table with changes shown inlegislative text is attached.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul


47 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


48 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


7.2.10.3

Where the branch-circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protective device is selected not to exceed thatallowed by 7.2.10.1 for the smallest rated motor, two or more motors or one or more motors and otherload(s), with each motor having individual overload protection, shall be permitted to be connected to abranch circuit where it can be determined that the branch-circuit short-circuit and ground-fault protectivedevice will not open under severe normal conditions of service that might be encountered. The short-circuit and ground-fault protection is shall be provided by a single inverse time circuit breaker or single setof fuses.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: Replacing "is" with "shall be" aligns with the manual of style for normative text.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul


49 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


50 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


7.8.3 Equipment Protection.

Where provided, SPDs shall be connected across the terminals of all equipment requiring suchprotection.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Surge Protection Devices are installed by choice and the designer or installer should bepermitted to decide where to connect them in accordance with the manufacturers instructions.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.


51 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


52 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


8.2.2.1

Conductors used for grounding and bonding purposes shall be copper. Stipulations on stranding andflexing as outlined in Chapter 12 shall apply.

Exception: Machine members or structural parts of the electrical equipment shall be permitted to beused in the equipment grounding circuit provided that the cross-sectional area of these parts provide thesame or better conductivity as the minimum cross-sectional area of the copper conductor required. Thecross sectional area shall be in accordance with one or more of the following:

Steel — 10 times that of copper

Iron — 6 times that of copper

Aluminum — 2 times that of copper




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The machine members and structural parts are not suitable for use as an equipment groundingconductor in all cases or over the life of the equipment.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry


53 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Hilbert, Mark R.

Continue to delete the language allowing the structural components of the machine to serve as the equipmentgrounding conductor. Although I agree there are structural members of a machine that could serve as anequipment grounding conductor, allowing the machine structural members to serve as an equipment groundingconductor can present a significant challenge for the electrical inspector. Determining that all the machinestructural members that could possibly be involved in an equipment grounding pathway would be equal to anumber times the cross-sectional area of a copper conductor etc., would be difficult at best. Additionally, manymachines are assembled in sections and the sections are painted by the OEM and/or by the user beforeinstallation at the plant.


54 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


8.3.2

Ungrounded control circuits shall be provided with an insulation-monitoring device that either indicates aground (earth) fault or interrupts the circuit automatically after a ground (earth) fault.

Exception: Class 2 low-voltage circuits in Article 725 of NFPA 70, shall not require insulation monitoring.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:


ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt


55 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Carpenter, David R.

see comment SR-38


56 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


9.4.2 Protection Against Unintended Operation Due to Ground (Earth) Faults and Voltage Interruptions.

9.4.2.1 Ground (Earth) Faults.

Ground (earth) faults on any control circuit shall not cause unintentional starting or potentially hazardousmotions, or prevent stopping of the machine. Grounded control circuits shall be in accordance withSection 8.2 and Section 8.3. Ungrounded control circuits shall be provided with an insulation monitoringdevice that either indicates a ground (earth) fault or interrupts the circuit automatically after a ground(earth) fault. A restart of the machine with a detected ground (earth) fault shall be prevented.

9.4.2.2 Voltage Interruptions.

9.4.2.2.1

The requirements detailed in Section 7.5 shall apply.

9.4.2.2.2

Where a memory is used, its functioning in the event of power failure shall be ensured (e.g., by using anonvolatile memory) where such loss of memory results in a hazardous condition.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:


ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All


57 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Carpenter, David R.

I do not think this is a step forward, especially for an Industrial Machine standard. Clarification or the idea thatremoving IEC language from the context makes the standard user friendly does not occur. Considering IEC designbased machines are often used in conjunction with other US standard based machines with different supplysources, a cross reference gives no guidance W/O context.


58 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


11.3.2

Enclosures of control equipment shall provide the degree of protection required for the environment. Aminimum degree of protection of at least NEMA Type 1 is required.

Exception: Where removable collectors on collector wire or collector bar systems are used and NEMAType 1 enclosures are not practicable, suitable protection shall be provided (e.g., elevation, guarding).




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The term "Type" is what is commonly used to refer to the degree of protection forenclosures.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.


59 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


60 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 22-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. 11.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]

]

Access and working space for control cabinets and compartments operating at 600 volts, nominal, or lessto ground and likely to require examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance while energized shallcomply with the provisions of Chapter 11. Sufficient access and working space shall be provided andmaintained around all control cabinets and compartments to permit ready and safe operation andmaintenance of such control cabinets and compartments. Working space for cabinets and compartmentsthat contain supply conductors to industrial machinery that are covered by Article 670 of NFPA 70 shallbe in accordance with the NEC .



79_Figure_11-5_draft7_.1373463184710.docx Annex A.11.5 figure

Add_new_figure_A_11.5_figure_text.1375103558926.docx




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This change correlates the NFPA 79 requirements with the Informational Note to 670.1 in the NEC.The terms cabinets and compartments are used to be consistent with the terminology within thedocument. An (*) was added to point to the newly added annex A material. Annex A.11.5 Figure andtext are attached This addresses the directive of the CC note 1 to reconsider the actions on PI 94.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 12-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. 11.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

Public Comment No. 49-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. 11.5 [Excluding any Sub-Sections]]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


61 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Hilbert, Mark R.

Continue to accept the proposed text to 11.5 and the new Figure A.11.5 as the changes go a long way towardsclarifying where the working clearances of NFPA 79 apply.


62 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


11.5.1.2

The width of the working space in front of control cabinets and compartments shall be the width of theopening into the control cabinet or compartment, or 762 mm (30 in.), whichever is greater. Where controlequipment or devices are mounted on or through the fixed area around the opening into the controlcabinet or compartment, the width of the working space in front of the control cabinet or compartmentshall include the width of the fixed area containing the control equipment and devices.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The added language clarifies that the working space includes the width of control equipment ordevices mounted to or through the fixed area(s) or flanges of the control cabinet or compartmentallowing safer servicing, maintenance and normal operating conditions.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim



63 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Hilbert, Mark R.

Continue to accept the text as revised at the Second Draft meeting. The revision expands the First Draft meetingproposed changes for the working space by including the fixed area around the cabinet opening (flange area)when there is equipment mounted on or through it. As noted in the committee statement, this provides a greaterdegree of safety for servicing, maintenance and during normal operation.


64 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM



65 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

12.5.1

The ampacities of conductors shall not exceed the corresponding temperature values given in Table12.5.1 before any correction factors for ambient temperature or adjustment factors for the number ofcurrent-carrying conductors have been applied.

Table 12.5.1 Conductor Ampacity Based on Copper Conductors with 60°C (140°F), 75°C (167°F), and90°C (194°F) Insulation in an Ambient Temperature of 30°C (86°F)

Conductor Size (AWG)

Ampacity

60°C (140°F) 75°C (167°F) 90°C (194°F)

30 — 0.5 0.5

28 — 0.8 0.8

26 — 1 1

24 2 2 2

22 3 3 3

20 5 5 5

18 7 7 14

16 10 10 18

14 20 20 25

12 25 25 30

10 30 35 40

8 40 50 55

6 55 65 75

4 70 85 95

3 85 100 110

2 95 115 130

1 110 130 150

1/0 125 150 170

2/0 145 175 195

3/0 165 200 225

4/0 195 230 260

250 215 255 290

300 240 285 320

350 260 310 350

400 280 335 380

500 320 380 430

600 355 420 475

700 385 460 520

750 400 475 535

800 410 490 555

900 435 520 585

1000 455 545 615

Notes:

(1) Wire types listed in 12.3.1 shall be permitted to be used at the ampacities listed in this table.

(2) The sources for the ampacities in this table are Table 310.15(B)( 16) of NFPA 70.




66 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Table_12.5.1_with_legislative_changes_to_Note_2_.1375108282710.docx




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This change correlates with the changes to relocate "Table 310.16" to "Table 310.15(B)(16)" in the2011 NEC. The TC editorially corrected the reference to be consistent with the NEC reference.The corrected table showing legislative text is attached.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.


67 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


68 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


12.5.5

Where ampacity derating is required correction for ambient temperature correction for other than 30°C(86°F) or adjusted adjustment for more than three current-carrying conductors in a raceway or cable isrequired , the factor(s) shall be taken from Table 12.5.5(a) and Table 12.5.5(b). Sizing of conductorswithin control enclosures in wiring harnesses or wiring channels shall be based on the ampacity in cableor raceway. These factors shall apply to control conductors, Article 725, Class 1, of NFPA 70, Article 725,Class 1, control conductors, only if their continuous load exceeds 10 percent of the conductor ampacity.

Table 12.5.5(a) Ambient Temperature Correction Factors

For ambient temperatures other than 30°C (86°F), multiply the allowable ampacitiesshown ampacity by the appropriate factor shown below.

Ambient Temperature (°C)

Correction Factor

60°C

Correction Factor

75°C Correction Factor 90°F

21–25 1.08 1.05 1.04

26–30 1.00 1.00 1.00

31–35 0.91 0.94 0.96

36–40 0.82 0.88 0.91

41–45 0.71 0.82 0.87

46–50 0.58 0.75 0.82

51–55 0.41 0.67 0.76

56–60 — 0.58 0.71

61–70 — 0.33 0.58

71–80 — — 0.41

Table 12.5.5(b) Adjustment Factors for More Than Three Current-Carrying Conductors in a Raceway orCable

Number of Current-CarryingConductors

Percent of Values in Table 12.5.5(a) as Adjusted for AmbientTemperature I i f Necessary

4–6 80

7–9 70

10–20 50

21–30 45

31–40 40

41 and above 35



12.5.5_table_with_SR_3_changes_in_legislative_text.1375108686542.docx




Street Address:

City:


69 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The term "derating" was deleted and the remaining language was changed to be consistent withthe use of the terms "adjustment factors" and "correction factors" in the standard. The title of Table12.5.5(a) was edited as there are no allowable ampacities shown, only factors.

ResponseMessage:



Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

25 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay


70 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Boggs, Barry

The text submitted for balloting has a typo which needs correcting from "F" to "C". The right column in Table12.5.5(a) reads, "Correction Factor 90 degrees F". This should be corrected to read, "Correction Factor 90degrees C".

Dobrowsky, Paul

The language used to reference NFPA 70 makes the third sentence incorrect. A possible solution is to state"These factors shall apply to Class 1 control conductors of Article 725 of NFPA 70.


71 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


12.6.1.1

16 AWG shall be permitted if part of a jacketed multiconductor cable assembly or flexible cord, orindividual conductors used in a cabinet or enclosure, under the following conditions:

(1) Non-motor power circuits of 8 amperes or less, provided all the following conditions are met:

(a) Circuit is protected in accordance with Chapter 7.

(b) Overcurrent protection does not exceed 10 amperes.

(c) Overcurrent protection is provided by one of the following:

i. A listed molded-case circuit breaker marked for use with 16 AWG wire

ii. Listed fuses marked for use with 16 AWG wire

iii. Class CC, Class J, Class CF, or Class T fuses

(2) Motor power circuits supplying a motor having a full-load current rating of 8 amperes or less,provided all the following conditions are met:


(b) Circuit is provided with Class 10 overload protection.




iii. Class CC, Class J, or Class CF, Class T fuses

(3) Motor power circuits supplying a motor having a full-load current rating of 5.5 amperes or less,provided all the following are met:










Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee This revision adds Class CF fuses to the permitted fuse types listed since Class CF fuses have


72 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Statement: the same performance requirements as Class J fuses.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


73 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


12.6.1.2

18 AWG shall be permitted if part of a jacketed multiconductor cable assembly or flexible cord, orindividual conductors used in a cabinet or enclosure, under the following conditions:

(1) Non-motor power circuits of 5.6 amperes or less, provided all the following conditions are met:


(b) Overcurrent protection does not exceed 7 amperes.





(2) Motor power circuits supplying a motor having a full-load current rating of 5 amperes or less,provided all the following conditions are met:







(3) Motor power circuits supplying a motor having a full-load current rating of 3.5 amperes or less,provided all the following are met:










Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee This revision adds Class CF fuses to the permitted fuse types listed since Class CF fuses have


74 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Statement: the same performance requirements as Class J fuses.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


75 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


13.1.2.6

The equipment grounding (protective) conductor shall be placed as close as practicable to the associatedlive (insulated) conductors in order to decrease the impedance of the loop in the event of a fault.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:


ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.


76 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Carpenter, David R.

see comment SR-38


77 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


13.1.3 Conductors of Different Circuits.

Conductors of different circuits shall be permitted to be laid side by side and occupy the same raceway(duct) (e.g., wireway or cable trunking), or be in the same multiconductor cable assembly, provided thatthe arrangement does not impair the functioning of the respective circuit. Functionally associated circuitconductors, including power, control, remote input/output, signaling, and communication cables shall bepermitted in the same raceway or cable assembly regardless of voltage, provided all are insulated for themaximum voltage of any circuit within the raceway or cable assembly. Where those circuits operate atdifferent voltages, the conductors shall be separated by barriers or shall be insulated for the highestvoltage to which any conductor within the same raceway (duct) or cable assembly is subjected.

Exception: Different voltage insulation levels or conductor properties shall be permitted in the samecable assembly, provided the cable assembly has been designed and tested to the identified application.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

During the first Revision only parenthetical (protective bonding) and other (grounding) terms weredeleted– missed parenthetical terms (Ducts) and (Cable Trunking Systems). The TC agrees thatall parenthetical terms be removed for clarity.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry


78 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


79 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


13.1.4 Conductors Equipment Supplied from Separate Supply Circuit Disconnects or Two or MoreSources of Power .

Where the equipment is supplied from two or more sources of power or from two or more independentsupply circuit disconnecting means, the power wiring from each supply source or from each supply circuitdisconnecting means shall be run in separate raceways and shall not terminate in or pass throughcommon junction boxes.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The additional text will further clarify the requirements are for the supply source circuits. The title waschanged and text was added to the section to further clarify the requirements are for situations wherethe equipment is supplied from multiple supply sources or circuits. These requirements originated inthe JIC Standards and have resided in more than one Chapter due to revisions of NFPA 79. Forthese reasons the original intent of the requirements has been lost. Significant research was done tofollow the history and the original requirements were clearly related to supply conductors. Theproposed revisions will further clarify that relationship. The term "supply circuit" was chosen toidentify the proper disconnecting means and to align with 5.3.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.


80 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


81 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


13.2.2 Identification of the Equipment Grounding (Protective) Conductor.

13.2.2.1*

The color GREEN with or without one or more YELLOW stripes shall be used to identify the equipmentgrounding conductor where insulated or covered. This color identification shall be strictly reserved for theequipment grounding conductor.

Exception No. 1: In multiconductor cable-connected assemblies where equipment grounding is notrequired, the solid color GREEN shall be permitted for other than equipment grounding.

Exception No. 2: It shall be permitted to use conductors of other colors, provided the insulation or coveris appropriately identified at all points of access.

Exception No. 3: For grounded control circuits, use of a GREEN insulated conductor with or without oneor more YELLOW stripes or a bare conductor from the transformer terminal to a grounding terminal onthe control panel shall be permitted.

13.2.2.2

Where the equipment grounding (protective) conductor is identified by its shape, position, or construction(e.g., a braided conductor) or where the insulated conductor is not readily accessible, color codingthroughout its length shall not be required. The ends or accessible portion shall be clearly identified by thesymbol in Figure 8.2.1.3.4, the color GREEN with or without one or more YELLOW stripes, or the bicolorcombination GREEN-AND-YELLOW.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:


ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned


82 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Carpenter, David R.

see comment SR-38


83 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


13.4.2 External Raceways (Ducts) .

13.4.2.1

All conductors of the same ac circuit routed to the same location shall be contained in the same raceway(duct) .

13.4.2.2

Conductors external to the electrical equipment enclosure(s) shall be enclosed in raceways (ducts)described in Section 13.5.

Exception: Cables and cable connectors need not be enclosed in a raceway where they are protectedand supported in accordance with 13.1.6.

13.4.2.3

Fittings used with raceways (ducts) or multiconductor cable shall be identified for use in the physicalenvironment.

13.4.2.4

Flexible conduit or multiconductor cable with flexible properties shall be used where it is necessary toemploy flexible connections to pendant pushbutton stations. The weight of the pendant stations shall besupported by means other than the flexible conduit or the multiconductor cable with flexible properties,except where the conduit or cable is specifically designed for that purpose.

13.4.2.5

Flexible conduit or multiconductor cable with flexible properties shall be used for connections involvingsmall or infrequent movements. They shall also be permitted to complete the connection to stationarymotors, position switches, and other externally mounted devices. Where prewired devices (e.g., positionswitches, proximity switches) are supplied, the integral cable shall not be required to be enclosed in araceway (duct) .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

During the first Revision only parenthetical (protective bonding) and other (grounding) terms weredeleted– missed parenthetical terms (Ducts) and (Cable Trunking Systems). The TC agrees that(Ducts) and (Cable Trunking Systems) parenthetical terms be removed for clarity.

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All


84 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Dobrowsky, Paul

Section 13.4.2.2 Exception should be revised to comply with the NFPA Manual of Style. Change "need not" to"Exception. Cables and cable connectors shall not be required to be enclosed in a raceway where they areprotected and supported in accordance with 13.1.6."


85 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


13.5 Raceways, (Ducts), Support Systems (Cable Supports), Connection Boxes, and Other Boxes.

13.5.1 General Requirements.

13.5.1.1

Raceways, (ducts), factory elbows and couplings, and associated fittings shall be listed and shall beidentified for the environment.

Exception: Raceways (ducts) fabricated as part of the machine that comply with the requirements of13.5.6 shall not be required to be listed.

13.5.1.2

All sharp edges, burrs, rough surfaces, or threads that the insulation of the conductors can come incontact with shall be removed from raceways (ducts) and fittings. Where necessary, additional protectionconsisting of a flame-retardant, oil-resistant insulating material shall be provided to protect conductorinsulation.

13.5.1.3

Drain holes shall not be permitted in raceways, (ducts), junction boxes, and pull boxes where the holeswould compromise the intended enclosure integrity. Drain holes of 6.4 mm (1⁄4 in.) diameter shall bepermitted in wireways, (cable trunking systems), connection boxes, and other boxes used for wiringpurposes that are subject to accumulations of oil or moisture.

13.5.1.4

Raceways shall be securely fastened in place and supported.

Exception: Flexible raceways shall not be required to be secured or supported where elsewherepermitted in this chapter.

13.5.2* Percentage Fills of Raceways (Ducts) .

The combined cross-sectional area of all conductors and cables shall not exceed 50 percent of the interiorcross-sectional area of the raceway (duct) . The fill provisions shall be based on the actual dimensions ofthe conductors or cables used.

13.5.3 Rigid Conduit and Fittings.

13.5.3.1 General Requirements.

13.5.3.1.1

The minimum electrical trade size shall be metric designator 16 (trade size 1⁄2).

13.5.3.1.2*

The maximum electrical trade size shall be metric designator 155 (trade size 6).

13.5.3.1.3

Where conduit enters a box or enclosure, a bushing or fitting providing a smoothly rounded insulatingsurface shall be installed to protect the conductors from abrasion, unless the design of the box orenclosure is such that it provides the same protection. Where conduit bushings are constructed entirely ofinsulating material, a locknut shall be provided both inside and outside the enclosure to which the conduitis attached.

Exception: Where threaded hubs or bosses that are an integral part of an enclosure provide a smoothlyrounded or flared entry for conductors.


86 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

13.5.3.1.4

Conduit bends shall be made in such a manner that the conduit shall not be damaged and the internaldiameter of the conduit shall not be effectively reduced. The radius of the curve of any field bend to thecenter line of the conduit shall be not less than shown in Table 13.5.3.1.4.

Table 13.5.3.1.4 Minimum Radii of Conduit Bends

Conduit Size

One-Shot and

Full-Shoe Benders Other Bends

Metric Designator Trade Size mm in. mm in.

16 1⁄2 101.6 4 101.6 4

21 3⁄4 114.3 41⁄2 127 5

27 1 146.05 53⁄4 152.4 6

35 11⁄4 184.15 71⁄4 203.2 8

41 11⁄2 209.55 81⁄4 254 10

53 2 241.3 91⁄2 304.8 12

63 21⁄2 266.7 101⁄2 381 15

78 3 330.2 13 457.2 18

91 31⁄2 381 15 533.4 21

103 4 406.4 16 609.6 24

129 5 609.6 24 762 30

155 6 762 30 914.4 36

13.5.3.1.5

A run of conduit shall contain not more than four quarter bends or a combination of bends totaling 360degrees between pull points.

13.5.3.2 Metal-Type Nonflexible Conduit.

13.5.3.2.1 General Requirements.

13.5.3.2.1.1

Conduits shall be securely held in place and supported at each end.

13.5.3.2.1.2

Fittings shall be compatible with the conduit and identified for the application. Fittings shall meet thefollowing requirements:

(1) Fittings and conduits shall be threaded using an electrical conduit die unless structural difficultiesprevent assembly.

(2) Running threads shall not be used on conduit for connection at couplings.

(3) Metallic tubing shall not be threaded.

(4) Where threadless fittings are used, the conduit shall be securely fastened to the equipment.

13.5.3.2.2* Rigid Metal Conduit (RMC).

Rigid metal conduit and fittings shall be of galvanized steel or of a corrosion-resistant material identifiedfor the conditions of service.

13.5.3.2.3* Intermediate Metal Conduit (IMC).

Intermediate metal conduit shall be a steel raceway of circular cross-section with integral or associatedcouplings, approved for the installation of electrical conductors and used with approved fittings to provideelectrical continuity.

13.5.3.2.4* Electrical Metallic Tubing (EMT).

Electrical metallic (steel) tubing shall be a metallic tubing of circular cross-section approved for theinstallation of electrical conductors when joined together with approved fittings. The maximum size oftubing shall be metric designator 103 (trade size 4).

13.5.3.3 Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC) (PVC Schedule 80).

13.5.3.3.1*

Rigid nonmetallic conduit (RNC) (PVC Schedule 80) shall be of nonmetallic material approved for theinstallation of electrical conductors and identified for use where subject to physical damage.


87 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

13.5.3.3.2

Conduit shall be securely held in place and supported as specified in Table 13.5.3.3.2. In addition, conduitshall be securely fastened within 900 mm (3 ft) of each box, enclosure, or other conduit termination.

Table 13.5.3.3.2 Support of Rigid Nonmetallic Conduit (RNC)

Conduit Size Maximum Spacing Between Supports

Metric Designator Trade Size mm or m ft

16–27 1⁄2–1 900 mm 3

35–53 11⁄4–2 1.5 m 5

63–78 21⁄2–3 1.8 m 6

91–129 31⁄2–5 2.1 m 7

155 6 2.5 m 8

13.5.3.3.3*

Expansion fittings shall be installed to compensate for thermal expansion and contraction.

13.5.3.3.4

All joints between lengths of conduit and between conduit and couplings, fittings, and boxes shall be madewith fittings approved for the purpose.

13.5.4 Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC) and Fittings.

13.5.4.1 General Requirements.

13.5.4.1.1

Flexible metal conduit (FMC) and liquidtight flexible metal conduit (LFMC) minimum electrical trade sizeshall be metric designator 12 (trade size 3⁄8).

Exception: Thermocouples and other sensors

13.5.4.1.2*

The maximum size of FMC and LFMC shall be metric designator 103 (trade size 4).

13.5.4.1.3

FMC and LFMC shall be installed in such a manner that liquids will tend to run off the surface instead ofdraining toward the fittings.

13.5.4.1.4

Fittings shall be compatible with the conduit and identified for the application. Connectors shall be the“union” types.

13.5.4.2 Flexible Metal Conduit (FMC).

Flexible metal conduit shall be identified for use in the expected physical environment.

13.5.4.3 Liquidtight Flexible Metal Conduit (LFMC).

Liquidtight flexible metal conduit shall be identified for use in the expected physical environment.

13.5.5 Liquidtight Flexible Nonmetallic Conduit (LFNC) and Fittings.

13.5.5.1

Liquidtight flexible nonmetallic conduit (LFNC) is a raceway of circular cross section of the following types:

(1) A smooth, seamless inner core and cover that is bonded together and has one or morereinforcement layers between the core and cover, designated as Type LFNC–A

(2) A smoother inner surface with integral reinforcement within the conduit wall, designated as TypeLFNC–B

(3) A corrugated internal and external surface with or without integral reinforcement within the conduitwall, designated as Type LFNC–C

13.5.5.2

LFNC shall be resistant to kinking and shall have physical characteristics of the sheath of multiconductorcables.

13.5.5.3

The conduit shall be identified for use in the expected physical environment.

13.5.5.4

LFNC minimum electrical trade size shall be metric designator 12 (trade size 3⁄8 in.).


88 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

13.5.5.5*

The maximum electrical trade size of LFNC shall be metric designator 103 (trade size 4 in.).

13.5.5.6

Fittings shall be compatible with the conduit and identified for the application.

13.5.5.7

Flexible conduit shall be installed in such a manner that liquids will tend to run off the surface instead ofdraining toward the fittings.

13.5.6 Wireways (Cable Trunking Systems).

13.5.6.1

Wireways (cable trunking systems) external to enclosures shall be rigidly supported and clear of allmoving or contaminating portions of the machine.

13.5.6.2

Covers shall be shaped to overlap the sides; gaskets shall be permitted. Covers shall be attached towireways by hinges or chains and held closed by means of captive screws or other suitable fasteners. Onhorizontal wireway, the cover shall not be on the bottom. Hinged covers shall be capable of opening atleast 90 degrees.

13.5.6.3

Where the wireway is furnished in sections, the joints between sections shall fit tightly, but shall not berequired to be gasketed.

13.5.6.4

The only openings permitted shall be those required for wiring or for drainage.

13.5.6.5

Wireways shall not have opened but unused knockouts.

13.5.6.6

Metal thickness and construction of wireways shall comply with ANSI/UL 870.

13.5.7* Machine Compartments and Wireways.

The use of compartments or wireways within the column or base of a machine to enclose conductors shallbe permitted, provided the compartments or wireways are isolated from coolant or oil reservoirs and areentirely enclosed. Conductors run in enclosed compartments or wireways shall be secured and arrangedso that they are not subject to damage.

13.5.8 Connection Boxes and Other Boxes.

13.5.8.1

Connection boxes and other boxes used for wiring purposes shall be readily accessible for maintenance.Those boxes shall provide protection against the ingress of solid bodies and liquids, taking into accountthe external influences under which the machine is intended to operate.

13.5.8.2

Those boxes shall not have opened but unused knockouts or any other openings and shall be constructedso as to exclude materials such as dust, flyings, oil, and coolant.

13.5.9 Motor Connection Boxes.

13.5.9.1

Motor connection boxes shall enclose only connections to the motor and motor-mounted devices (e.g.,brakes, temperature sensors, plugging switches, tachometer generators).

13.5.9.2

Electrical connections at motor terminal boxes shall be made with an identified method of connection.Twist-on wire connectors shall not be used for this purpose.

13.5.9.3

Connectors shall be insulated with a material that will not support combustion.

13.5.9.4

Soldered or insulation-piercing–type connectors (lugs) shall not be used.


89 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

13.5.10 Cable Trays.

Cable trays to be used for cable or raceway support on industrial machines shall be permitted. Cable traysshall be permitted to support the following:

(1) Single conductors 1/0 or larger that are otherwise permitted on industrial machines

(2) Multiconductor flexible cables and cables with flexible properties that are otherwise permitted onindustrial machines

(3) Raceways functionally associated with industrial manufacturing systems

(4) Special conductors and cables that are otherwise permitted on industrial machines (See Section12.9.)

13.5.11 Cords in Cable Trays.

Cords shall not be installed in cable trays.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:


ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


90 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Dobrowsky, Paul

The parenthetical phrase (cable trunking system ) should be deleted in the following sections as it is an IEC term.See SR 42 and SR 32 13.5.6, 13.5.6. 1


91 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


16.2.7

A safety sign shall be provided adjacent to the main supply circuit disconnect operating handle to warnqualified persons of potential electric arc flash hazards. The marking on the sign shall be located so asto be clearly visible to qualified persons before examination, adjustment, servicing, or maintenance ofthe equipment.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Requirements for arc flash marking are detailed in 16.2.3, 16.2.3.1, and 16.2.3.2. Deleting theredundant section clarifies the language for the user.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.


92 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


93 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


16.4.1

Control equipment shall be legibly and durably marked in a way that is plainly visible after the equipmentis installed. A nameplate giving the following information shall be attached to the outside of the enclosure,or on the machine immediately adjacent to the enclosure:

(1) Name or trademark of supplier

(2) Serial number, where applicable Model, serial number, or other designation

(3)

(4) Ampere rating of the largest motor or load

(5) Maximum ampere rating of the short-circuit and ground-fault protective device, where provided

(6) Short-circuit current rating of the industrial control panel

(7) Electrical diagram number(s) or the number of the index to the electrical drawings




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

This revision allows the manufacturer of the machine to use alternate means of identifyingthe equipment.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

* Rated voltage, number of phases and frequency (if ac), and full-load current for each supply


94 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


95 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


17.5 Installation Diagram.

17.5.1*

The installation diagram shall provide all information necessary for the preliminary work of setting up themachine.

17.5.2

The specified position of the electrical supply to be installed on site shall be clearly indicated.

17.5.3*

The data necessary for choosing the type, characteristics, rated currents, and setting of the overcurrentprotective device(s) for the supply circuit conductors to the electrical equipment of the machine shall bestated.

17.5.4*

Where necessary, the size, purpose, and location of any raceways (ducts) in the foundation that are to beprovided by the user shall be detailed.

17.5.5*

The size, type, and purpose of raceways, (ducts), cable trays, or cable supports between the machineand the associated equipment that are to be provided by the user shall be detailed.

17.5.6*

Where necessary, the diagram shall indicate where space is required for the removal or servicing of theelectrical equipment.

17.5.7*

Where it is appropriate, an interconnection diagram or table shall be provided. That diagram or table shallgive full information about all external connections. Where the electrical equipment is intended to beoperated from more than one source of electrical supply, the interconnection diagram or table shallindicate the modifications or interconnections required for the use of each supply.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:


ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned


96 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


97 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 12-NFPA 79-2013 [ New Section after A.7.7 ]

A.8.1

See Annex J for descriptions of various grounding and bonding terminologies used in IEC and ANSIstandards.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

With the removal of parenthetical IEC terminology, the current annex note 8.1 is notappropriate but should be changed to direct the user to the new Annex J.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 29-NFPA 79-2013 [New Section after A.7.7]

Public Comment No. 28-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. 8.1]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.


98 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


99 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 18-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. A.9.2 ]

A.9.2

Some examples of safety-related functions can be functions are emergency stopping, interlocking,temperature or speed control, etc. and so forth, IEC 62061, ISO 13849-1,ISO 13849-2, ANSI B11.0, ANSIB11-TR4, and ANSI B11-TR6 are examples of applicable functional safety standards. Compliance withother standards for particular applications and types of machinery can require additional or specificfunctional safety requirements.




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The revised text provides guidance that compliance to machine/application specific standardscan require additional or specific functional safety requirements.

ResponseMessage:

Public Comment No. 35-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. A.9.2]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.


100 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Boggs, Barry

I believe that the standard, ANSI B11.19, "Performance Criteria for Safeguarding" has inadvertently been omittedfrom this list of examples of applicable functional safety standards. My notes from the 2nd Draft Meeting indicatedthis reference was to be included.


101 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 45-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. J.2 ]


102 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

J.2 NEC NFPA 70 Terms.


103 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Bonded (Bonding). Connected to establish electrical continuity and conductivity. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Bonding is accomplished if items are connected together regardless of whether or not thereis a connection to ground (earth).

Bonding Conductor or Jumper. A reliable conductor to ensure the required electrical conductivitybetween metal parts required to be electrically connected. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Bonding conductor sizes are provided in the specific requirements related to what thebonding is intended to accomplish such as being suitable for fault current or minimizing voltagedifferences.

Bonding Jumper, Equipment. The connection between two or more portions of the equipment groundingconductor. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Equipment bonding jumpers are typically short in length and used to ensure a reliableconnection such as between an enclosure and its hinged door.

Bonding Jumper, Supply-Side. A conductor installed on the supply side of a service or within a serviceequipment enclosure(s), or for a separately derived system, that ensures the required electricalconductivity between metal parts required to be electrically connected. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 250.2]

Discussion. Conductors that are intended to carry fault current for ungrounded conductors that do nothave overcurrent protection at their supply point are considered supply-side bonding jumpers. Examplesare those for tap conductors and transformer secondary conductors. Conductor sizing is based on apercentage of the ungrounded conductors.

Bonding Jumper, System. The connection between the grounded circuit conductor and thesupply-side bonding jumper, or the equipment grounding conductor, or both, at a separately derivedsystem. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. System bonding jumpers provide a fault current path for grounded systems. They can beconductors, busbars, or other suitable means.

Effective Ground-Fault Current Path. An intentionally constructed, low-impedance electricallyconductive path designed and intended to carry current under ground-fault conditions from the point of aground fault on a wiring system to the electrical supply source and that facilitates the operation of theovercurrent protective device or ground-fault detectors . on high-impedance grounded systems. [ 70,2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Equipment made of conductive materials that contains electrical conductors is commonlyconsidered to be "likely to become energized" because an insulation failure can occur and energize theequipment. This type of equipment is generally required to be provided with an effective ground faultcurrent path. An equipment grounding conductor or bonding jumper is commonly used to provide aneffective ground fault current path. The earth is not permitted as the only path for this fault current.

Ground. The earth. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Systems or equipment are either connected to the earth or are considered ungroundedsystems.

Ground Fault. An unintentional, electrically conducting conductive connection between anungrounded conductor of an electrical circuit and the normally non–current-carrying conductors, metallicenclosures, metallic raceways, metallic equipment, or earth. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. An insulation failure is a common example of a condition that results in a ground fault.

Grounded (Grounding). Connected (connecting) to ground or to a conductive body that extends theground connection. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Equipment that is connected to an equipment grounding conductor can be consideredgrounded, as the equipment grounding conductor extends the ground connection.

Grounded, Solidly. Connected to ground without inserting any resistor or impedance device. [ 70,2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Solidly grounded is a method of system grounding. Using resistors or reactors are otheroptions for grounding some types of systems.

Grounded Conductor. A system or circuit conductor that is intentionally grounded. [ 70,2011] [ 70: 100]


104 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Discussion. The grounded conductor is commonly grounded by a grounding electrode conductor.Depending on the type of electrical system, this can be a neutral conductor, phase conductor, or lineconductor. Insulated grounded conductors are generally required to be identified with white or graycoloring.

Ground-Fault Current Path. An electrically conductive path from the point of a ground fault on a wiringsystem through normally non–current-carrying conductors, equipment, or the earth to the electricalsupply source. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Informational Note: Examples of ground-fault current paths could consist of are any combination ofequipment grounding conductors, metallic raceways, metallic cable sheaths, electrical equipment, andany other electrically conductive material such as metal , water , and gas piping , ; steel framingmembers, stucco mesh , ; metal ducting , ; reinforcing steel , ; shields of communications cables, andthe earth itself. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Current will take all paths that exist when a voltage difference exists. Some of these pathscan be effective ground-fault current paths and others such as the earth are not.

Grounding Conductor, Equipment (EGC). The conductive path(s) installed to connect that provides aground-fault current path and connects normally non–current-carrying metal parts of equipment togetherand to the system grounded conductor or to the grounding electrode conductor, or both. [ 70,2011] [ 70: 100]

Informational Note No. 1: It is recognized that the equipment grounding conductor also performsbonding. [ 70: 100]

Informational Note No. 2: See 250.118 for a list of acceptable equipment grounding conductors.[ 70: 100]

Discussion. Equipment grounding conductors are commonly used to provide an effective ground-faultcurrent path. Insulated equipment grounding conductors are generally required to be identified with agreen coloring.

Grounding Electrode. A conducting object through which a direct connection to earth is established.[ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Underground metal water pipes, concrete encased steel reinforcing rods, and ground rodsare typical grounding electrodes.

Grounding Electrode Conductor. A conductor used to connect the system grounded conductor or theequipment to a grounding electrode or to a point on the grounding electrode system. [ 70,2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Grounding electrode conductors are what actually accomplish the grounding of equipmentor systems.

Metal Wireways. Sheet metal troughs with hinged or removable covers for housing and protectingelectrical wires and cable and in which conductors are laid in place after the wireway raceway has beeninstalled as a complete system. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 376.2]

Discussion. Wireways are a type of raceway used to contain electrical conductors and are commonlyavailable in square cross sections.

Neutral Conductor. The conductor connected to the neutral point of a system that is intended to carrycurrent under normal conditions. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Neutral conductors only exist if the system has a neutral point and are generally alsogrounded conductors.

Neutral Point. The common point on a wye-connection in a polyphase system or midpoint on a single-phase, 3-wire system, or midpoint of a single-phase portion of a 3-phase delta system, or a midpoint of a3-wire, direct-current system. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Informational Note: At the neutral point of the system, the vectorial sum of the nominal voltages from allother phases within the system that utilize the neutral, with respect to the neutral point, is zero potential.

Discussion. A neutral point only exists on systems that have multiple "connection points" with aconnection point in the middle.

Separately Derived System. A premises wiring system whose power is derived from a source ofelectric energy or equipment other than a service. Such systems have no direct connection from circuit


105 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

conductors of one system to circuit conductors of another system, other than connections through theearth, metal enclosures, metallic raceways, or equipment grounding conductors. [ 70, 2011] Anelectrical source, other than a service, having no direct connection(s) to circuit conductors of any otherelectrical source other than those established by grounding and bonding connections. [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Transformers, generators, and batteries that are not directly connected to other sources areexamples of separately derived systems. System bonding jumpers, equipment grounding conductors,and grounding electrode conductors are not considered direct connections.

Service. The conductors and equipment for delivering electric energy from the serving utility to thewiring system of the premises served. [ 70, 2011] [ 70: 100]

Discussion. Services only exist if a utility is supplying the electricity.

Ungrounded. Not connected to ground or to a conductive body that extends the ground connection.[ 70, 2011] 70: 100]

Discussion. Systems that have no direct connection to ground (earth) are considered ungrounded, suchas vehicle-supplied battery systems and transformer or generator systems that are not connected toground. A slang term commonly used for these types of systems is "floating."




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Discussion points were added to help the user better understand the terms in thedocument.

Response Message:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.


106 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Tamblingson, Jay

Although NFPA 79 has adopted the definition of Equipment Grounding Conductor (EGC) from NFPA 70, theassociated informational notes as shown here in Annex J were not included. Specificly, Informational Note 2 wouldnot apply under NFPA 79 as types of acceptable equipment grounding conductors are more restricted than250.118 of NFPA 70. The discussion text should be enhanced in the next cycle to clarify this point and direct thereader to 8.2.2.


107 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 43-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. J.3 ]


108 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

J.3 Terms and Definitions Used in IEC 60204-1 Relating to Protective and Functional Bonding Extractedfrom the Draft of the 2nd CD for the 6th Edition.


109 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Cable Trunking System. A system of enclosures comprised of a base and a removable cover intendedfor the complete surrounding of insulated conductors, cables, and cords.

Discussion. Cable trunking is commonly used within enclosures to support and contain conductors.

Duct. An enclosed channel designed expressly for holding and protecting electrical conductors, cables,and busbars.

3.24

equipotential bonding

Equipotential Bonding. provision Provision of electric connections between conductive parts, intendedto achieve equipotentiality

[IEV 195-1-10]

Discussion. Connecting conductive parts together minimizes voltage differences but by itself does notprovide an effective fault current path.

3.25

exposed conductive part

Exposed Conductive Part. conductive Conductive part of electrical equipment, which can be touchedand which is not live under normal operating conditions, but which can become live under fault conditions

[IEV 826-12-10, modified]

Discussion. Often linked with “structural parts"; electrical parts that are not normally live generally doneed to be bonded to the protective bonding circuit.

3.26

extraneous conductive part

Extraneous Conductive Part. conductive Conductive part not forming part of the electrical installationand liable to introduce a potential, generally the earth potential


NOTE Examples of extraneous conductive parts can include ladders, handrails, pipes, machine parts, etc.” that appear with this definition.

Discussion. Generally, the machine is considered an extraneous conductive part.

3.29

fault protection

Fault Protection. protection Protection against electric shock under single-fault conditions

[195-06-02]

Discussion. Overcurrent protective devices and insulation are types of fault protection.

3.30

functional bonding

Functional Bonding. equipotential Equipotential bonding necessary for proper functioning of electricalequipment

3.36

live part

Live Part. conductor Conductor or conductive part intended to be energized in normal use, including aneutral conductor, but, by convention, not a PEN conductor

NOTE This term does not necessarily imply a risk of electric shock.

Discussion. PLCs and drives generally do not need special bonding, and there are only a few devicesthat need separate “functional” bonding, such as some scales.

3.40

neutral conductor


110 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

N

Neutral Conductor N. conductor Conductor electrically connected to the neutral point of a system andcapable of contributing to the distribution of electrical energy


Plug/Socked Combination. Component and a suitable mating component, appropriate to terminateconductors, intended for connection or disconnection of two or more conductors.

Note Examples of plug/socket combinations include:

– connectors which fulfill the requirements of IEC 61984

– a plug and socket-outlet, a cable coupler, or an appliance coupler in accordance with IEC 60309-1

– a plug and socket;outlet in accordance with IEC 60884-1 or an appliance coupler in accordance withIEC 608320-1

3.46

protective bonding

Protective Bonding. equipotential Equipotential bonding for protection against electric shock

NOTE Measures for protection against electric shock can also reduce the risk of burns or fire.

Discussion. The network of protective conductors, along with the necessary bonding jumpers, providethe protective bonding, including the connection to the “main earthing terminal PE."

3.47

protective bonding circuit

Protective Bonding Circuit. protective Protective conductors and conductive parts connected togetherto provide protection against electric shock in the event of an insulation failure

3.48

protective conductor

Protective Conductor. conductor Conductor required for protective bonding by some measures forprotection against electric shock for electrically connecting any of the following parts:

– exposed conductive parts;

– extraneous conductive parts;

– main earthing terminal (PE)





Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

The definition of "Cable Trunking" and "Duct" were removed from the definitions in Chapter 3because they are no longer used in the document. They were moved to Annex J for informationalpurposes to help users understand the "Cross reference" between NEC/79 terms and IEC/EN termsand to harmonize with IEC terms. Discussion points were added to further enhance understandingof terms used in other standards and how they relate to terms used in NFPA 79.


111 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

ResponseMessage:

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

26 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


Tamblingson, Jay

The discussion points should be improved for clarity as follows: Exposed Conductive Parts - replace "not normallylive" with "not likely to become live under fault conditions" Extraneous Conductive Part - replace with "Themachine mechanical components other than its electrical equipment can be considered extraneous conductiveparts." Fault Protection - replace "are types" with "are examples" as other means for protection are permitted.Functional Bonding - The discussion point for this items is currently incorrectly located under the definition for Live


112 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Part.


113 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Second Revision No. 19-NFPA 79-2013 [ Section No. K.1.2.2 ]

K.1.2.2 EN Publications.

European Committee for Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC), 35, Rue de Stassartstraat, B-1050Brussels, Belgium. CENELEC Online Info Service: [email protected]

EN 60204-1 , Safety of machinery — Electrical equipment of machines — Part 1: General requirements,2006 + A1 2009 .

EN 61010-1, Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, and laboratory use —Part 1: General requirements,2006 2010 .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

Committee Statement: The TC editorially corrected the reference to EN 60204-1 and EN 61010-1.

Response Message:

Public Comment No. 38-NFPA 79-2013 [Section No. K.1.2.2]

Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul


114 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


115 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM



116 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

K.1.2.3 IEC Publications.


117 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


IEC 60034-1 Ed. 12.0 , Rotating electrical machines — Part 1: Rating and performance, 1999–2008 2010 .

IEC 60072-1 Ed. 6.0 , Dimensions and output series for rotating electrical machines — Part 1: Framenumbers 56 to 400 and flange numbers 55 to 1080, 1991–2003 1991 .

IEC 60204-1, Ed. 4.1 5.1, Safety of machinery — Electrical equipment of machines — Part 1: Generalrequirements, 2000–2005 2009 .

IEC 60332-1 Ed. 1.0 [Series] , Tests on electric cables under fire conditions — Part 1: Test on a singlevertical insulated wire or cable, 1993–2004 2004 .

IEC 60364-4-4 1 Ed. 5.0 , Electrical installations of buildings — Part 4-41: Protection for safety —Protection against electric shock, 2001–2008 2005 .

IEC 60364-5-53 Ed. 3.1 , Electrical Installations of Buildings — Part 5-53: Selection and Erection ofElectrical Equipment — Isolation, Switching and Control, 2002–2006 2006 .

IEC 60417-1 60417 DB [Database] , Graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 1: Overview andapplication, 2000–2005 2002 .

IEC 60417-2, Graphical symbols for use on equipment — Part 2: Symbol originals , 1998–2008.

IEC 60529, Ed. 2.1, Degrees of protection provided by enclosures (IP Code), 2001–2002 2001 .

IEC 60621-3 Ed. 1.0 , Electrical installations for outdoor sites under heavy conditions (including open-castmines and quarries). Part 3: General requirements for equipment and ancillaries, 1979–2001 1979 .

IEC 60742, Ed. 1.0, Isolating transformers and safety isolating transformers, 1983.

IEC 60870-5-1 Ed. 1.0 , Telecontrol equipment and systems. Part 5: Transmission protocols — SectionOne: Transmission frame formats, 1990–2002 1990 .

IEC 60947-4-1 Ed. 3.1 , Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear — Part 4-1: Contactors and motor-starters— Electromechanical contactors and motor-starters, 2000–2011 2012 .

IEC 60947-5-1 Ed. 3.1 , Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear — Part 5-1: Control circuit devices andswitching elements — Electromechanical control circuit devices, 2000–2003 2009 .

IEC 60947-7-1 Ed. 3.0 , Low-voltage switchgear and controlgear — Part 7: Ancillary equipment — Section1: Terminal blocks for copper conductors, 1999–2008 2009 .

IEC 61010-1 Ed. 3.0 , Safety requirements for electrical equipment for measurement, control, andlaboratory use — Part 1: General requirements, 2001 2010 .

IEC 61310-1 Ed. 2.0 , Safety of machinery — indication, marking and actuation — Part 1: Requirementsfor visual, auditory and tactile signals, 1995 2007 .

IEC 61310-3 Ed. 2.0 , Safety of machinery — indication, marking and actuation — Part 3: Requirementsfor the location and operation of actuators, 1999 2007 .

IEC 61508 Ed. 2.0 , [Series] Functional safety of electrical/electronic/programmable electronic safety-related systems, 1998–2000 2010 .

IEC 61558-1 Ed. 2.1 , Safety of power transformers, power supply units and similar — Part 1: Generalrequirements and tests, 1998–2007 2009 .

IEC 61800-5-2 Ed. 1.0 , Adjustable speed electrical power drive systems — Part 5-2: SafetyRequirements — Functional,2006 2007 .

IEC 62061 Ed. 1.1 , Safety of machinery — Functional safety of electrical, electronic and programmablecontrol systems, 2005 2012 .

NOTE: The IEC publishes consolidated editions of its publications with all the amendments andcorrigenda included with the base document. For example:

Edition 1.0 is a base document without any amendments.

Edition 1.1 is the base 1.0 edition consolidated with one amendment.

Edition 1.2 is the base 1.0 edition consolidated with two amendments.

Edition 2.0 is the second edition of a base document. This may include new information combined as well


118 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

as amendments from edition 1.x.

Edition 2.1 is the second edition of a document consolidated with amendment 1 to that edition.



Annex_K_1_2_3.docx referenced document revision dates




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Updates to reflect current revisions that were omitted in PI66, FR-30. Although IEC 60621-3 andIEC 60742 have been withdrawn by the IEC, references have been retained to correlate withexisting annex notes. Attached is the file with the correct IEC publication information to be loadedinto Annex K.

ResponseMessage:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.


119 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


120 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM


K.1.2.5 ISO Publications.

International Organization for Standardization, 1, ch. de la Voie-Creuse, Case postale 56, CH-1211Geneva 20, Switzerland.

ISO 7000, Graphical symbols for use on equipment — Index and synopsis, 1989 2012 .

ISO 12100, Safety of machinery — Basic concepts, general principles for design — Part 1: Basicterminology, methodology, 2003 2010 .

ISO 13849-1, Safety of machinery — Safety-related parts of control systems — Part 1: General principlesfor design, 1990 2006 .

ISO 13849-2, Safety of machinery — Safety-related parts of control systems — Part 2: Validation,2003 2012 .

ISO 13850, Safety of machinery — Emergency stop — Principles for design, 1996 2006 .




Street Address:

City:

State:

Zip:


Committee Statement

CommitteeStatement:

Reference dates for ISO publications were revised to reflect latest revisions needed forproper application.

Response Message:


Ballot Results


29 Eligible Voters

2 Not Returned

27 Affirmative All



0 Abstention

Not Returned

Watson, Eric A.


Affirmative All

Bas, Luis M.


121 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

Bateman, Daren A.

Boggs, Barry

Carpenter, David R.

Couch, Jim


Dobrowsky, Paul

Douglas, Stephen W.

Drobnick, Drake A.

Egloff, Matt

Gray, Bobby J.

Gruendel, Robert

Hayes, James B.

Hickman, Palmer L.

Hilbert, Mark R.

Kovacik, John R.

Mariuz, Dino

Mohla, Daleep C.

Mulherrin, Sean

Neeser, Daniel R.

Schreck, George M.

Soter, Mike

Sroczynski, Jason

Szende, Andras

Tamblingson, Jay

Titus, J. B.

Trainor, Richard S.


122 of 122 9/19/2013 11:27 AM

national electrical code correlating committee … · national electrical code correlating...

Documents